end of your faith euen the saluation of your soules 10 Of the which saluation the Prophetes haue inquired and searched which prophecied of the grace that shulde come vnto you 11 Searching when or what time the Spirit which testified before of Christ which was in them shulde declare the suffrings that shulde come vnto Christ and the glorie that shulde followe 12 Vnto whome it was reueiled that not vnto them selues but vnto vs they shulde minister the things which are now shewed vnto you by them which * haue preached vnto you the Gospel by the holie Gost sent downe from heauen the which things the Angels desire to beholde 13 Wherefore girde vp the * loynes of your minde be sober and trust perfectly on the grace that is broght vnto you by the reuelacion of Iesus Christ 14 As obediēt childrē not facioning your selues vnto the former lusts of your ignorāce 15 But as he which hathe called you is holie so be ye holie in * all maner of conuersacion 16 Because it is written * Be ye holie for I am holie 17 And if ye call him Father which without * respect of persone iudgeth according to eue rie mans worke passe the time of your dwelling here in feare 18 Knowing that ye were not redemed with corruptible things as siluer ād golde from your vaine conuersacion receiued by the tra dicions of the fathers 19 * But with the precious blood of Christ as of a Lambe vndefiled and without spot 20 Which was ordeined before the fundacion of the worlde but was declared in the last times for your sakes 21 Which by his meanes do beleue in God that raised him from the dead and gaue him glorie that your faith and hope might be in God 22 Seing your soules are purified in obeing the trueth through the spirit to * loue brotherly without faining loue one another with a pure heart feruently 23 Being borne a new not of mortal sede but of immortal by the worde of God who liueth and endureth for euer 24 For all * flesh is as grasse and all the glorie of man is as the flower of grasse The grasse with ered and the flower falleth away 25 But the worde of the Lord endureth for euer and this is the worde which is preached among you CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth them to laye a side all vice 4 Shewing that Christ is the fundacion whereupon they buylde 9 The excellent estate of the Christians 11 He praieth them to absteiue from 〈◊〉 lustes 13 To obey the rulers 18 How seruants shulde behaue them selues to ward their masters 20 He exhorteth to suffer after the ensample of Christ. 1 WHerefore * laying aside all maliciousnes and al guile and dissimulacion and enuie and euil speaking 2 As new borne babes desire the syncere milke of the worde that ye maye growe thereby 3 If so be that ye haue tasted how bountifull the Lord is 4 To whome ye come as vnto a liuyng stone disalowed of men but chosen of God and precious 5 And ye as liuelie stones be made a spirituall house and holie* Priesthode to offer vp spiritual sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ. 6 Wherefore it is conteined in the Scripture * Beholde I put in Sion a chief corner stone elect precious he that beleueth therein shal not be ashamed 7 Vnto you therefore whiche beleue it is precious but vnto them which be disobedient the * stone which the buylders disalowed the same is made the head of the corner 8 And a * stone to stomble at and a rocke of offence euen to them which stomble at the worde being disobedient vnto the whiche thing they were euen ordeined 9 But ye are a chosen generacion a royall * Priesthode an holie nacion a peculiar people that ye shulde shew forthe the vertues of hym that hathe called you out of darkenes into his marueilous light 10 * Whiche in time past were not a people yet are now the people of God whiche in time past were not vnder mercie but now haue obteined mercie 11 Derely beloued I beseche you as strangers and pilgrems * absteine from fleshlie Iustes whiche fight against the soule 12 * And haue your conuersacion honest amōg the Gentiles that they which speake euil of you as of euill doers maye by your * good workes whiche they shal se glorifie God in the day of the visitacion 13 * Submit your selues vnto all maner ordinance of man for the Lords sake whether it be vnto the King as vnto the superiour 14 Or vnto gouernours as vnto them that are sent of him for the punishmēt of euil doers and for the praise of them that do wel 15 For so is the wil of God that by wel doyng ye may put to silence the ignorance of the foolish men 16 As fre and not as hauing the libertie for a cloke of maliciousnes but as the seruants of God 17 Honour all men * loue brotherlie felowship feare God honour the King 18 * Seruants be subiect to your masters with all feare not onely to the good courteous but also to the frowarde 19 * For this is thanke worthie if a man for conscience towarde God endure grief suffering wrongfully 20 For what praise is it if when ye be buffeted for your fautes ye take it paciently but and if when ye do wel ye suffer wrong and take it paciently this is acceptable to God 21 For hereunto ye are called for Christ also suffred for vs leauing vs an ensample that ye shulde folowe his steppes 22 * Who did no sinne nether was there guile founde in his mouth 23 Who whē he was reuiled reuiled not againe when he suffred he threatened not but committed it to him that iudgeth righteously 24 * Who his owne self bare our sinnes is his bodie on the tre that we being deliuered from sinne shulde liue in righteousnes by whose stripes ye were healed 25 For ye were as shepe going astraye but are now returned vnto the shepherd and bishope of your soules CHAP. III. 1 How wiues ought to ordre them selues towarde their housbands 3 And in their apparel 7. The duetie of men towarde their wiues 8 He exhorteth all men to vnitie and loue 14 And paciently to suffre trouble by the example and benefite of Christ. 1 LIkewise * let the wiues be subiect to their housbands that euen thei which obey not the worde may without the worde be wonne by the conuersacion of the wiues 2 While they he holde your pure conuersacion with feare 3 * Whose apparelling let it no be out warde as with broyded heere and golde put about or in putting on of
song of the Lord in a strange land 5 If I forget thee ô Ierusalém let my right hand forget to play 6 If I do not remembre thee let my tōgue clea ue to the rofe of my mouth yea if I preferre not Ierusalém to my chiefioye 7 Remember the children of Edom ô Lord in the daye of Ierusalém which said Rase it rase it to the fundacion thereof 8 O daughter of Babél worthie to be destroied blessed shal he be that re wardeth thee as thou hast serued vs. 9 Blessed shal he be that taketh and dasheth thy children against the stones PSAL. CXXXVIII 1 Dauid with great courage praiseth the goodnes of God toward him the which is so great 2 That it is knowen to forren princes who shal praise the Lord together with him 6 And he is assured to haue like comfort of God in the time following as he hathe had hereto fore ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise thee with my whole heart euē before the gods wil I praise thee 2 I wil worship toward thine holie Temple and praise thy Name because of thy louing kindenes and for thy trueth for thou hast magnified thy Name aboue all things by thy worde 3 When I called then thou heardest me and hast increased strength in my soule 4 All the Kings of the earth shal praise thee ô Lord for they haue heard the wordes of thy mouth 5 And thei shal sing of the wayes of the Lord because the glorie of the Lord is great 6 For the Lord is high yet he beholdeth the lowely but the proud he knoweth a farreof 7 Thogh I walke in the middes of trouble yet wilt thou reuiue me thou wilt stretch forthe thine hand vpon the wrath of mine enemies and thy right hand shal saue me 8 The Lord wil performe his worke toward me ô Lord thy mercie endureth for euer forsake not the workes of thine hands PSAL. CXXXIX 1 Dauid to cleanse his heart from all hypocrisie sheweth that there is nothing so hid whiche GOD seeth not 13 which he consirmeth by the creation of man 14 〈◊〉 declaring his zeale and feare of God he protesteth to be enemie to all them that contemne God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord thou hast tryed me knowē me 2 Thou knowest my sitting my rising thou vnderstandest my thoght a farreof 3 Thou compassest my paths and my lying downe and art accustomed to all my waies 4 For there is not a worde in my tōgue but lo thou knowest it wholly ô Lord. 5 Thou holdest me strait behinde and before and laiest thine hand vpon me 6 Thy knowledge is to wonderful for me it is so high that I can not atteine vnto it 7 Whether shal I go from thy Spirit or whe ther shal I flee from thy presence 8 If I ascend into heauē thou art there if I lie downe in hel thou art there 9 Let me take the wings of the morning dwell in the vttermost partes of the sea 10 Yet thether shal thine hand lead me and thy right hand holde me 11 If I saie Yet the darkenes shal hide me euē the night shal be light about me 12 Yea the darkenes hideth not from thee but the night shineth as the daie the darknes light are bothe a like 13 For thou hast possessed my reines thou hast couered me in my mothers wombe 14 I wil praise thee for I am fearfully wonderously made maruelous are thy workes an my soule knoweth it wel 15 My bones are not hid from thee 〈◊〉 I was made in a secret place and facioned beneth in the earth 16 Thine eyes did se me when I was with out forme for in thy boke were all things writen which in continuance were facioned when there was none of them before 17 How dere therefore are thy thoghts vnto me ô God! how great is the summe of thē 18 If I shulde counte them they are me then the sand when I wake I am stil with thee 19 Oh that thou woldest slay ô God the wicked and bloodie men to whome I saie Departe ye from me 20 Which speake wickedly of thee and being thine enemies are lifted vp in vaine 21 Do not I hate them ô Lord that hate thee and do not I earnestly contend with those that rise vp against thee 22 I hate thē with an vnfained hatred as they were mine vtter enemies 23 Trye me ô God and knowe mine heart proue me and knowe my thoghts 24 And consider if there be anie waie of wic kednes in me and lead me in the waie for euer PSAL. CXL 1 Danid complaineth of the crueltie falsehode and iniuries of his ennemies 8 Against the which he praieth vnto the Lord and assureth him self of his helpe and succour 12 Wherefore he prouoketh the iust to praise the Lord and to assure them selues of his tuition ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 DEliuer me ô Lord from the euil man pre serue me from the cruel man 2 Which imagine euil things in their heart and make warre continually 3 They haue sharpened their tongues like a serpent adders poyson is vnder their lippes Sélah 4 Kepe me ô Lord from the hands of the wic ked preserue me from the cruel man which purposeth to cause my steppes to slide 5 The proude haue laid a snare for me spred a net with cordes in my path waye set gren nes for me Sélah 6 Therefore I said vnto the Lord Thou art my God heare ô Lord the voyce of my pray ers 7 O Lord God the strength of my saluacion thou hast couered mine head in the daie of battel 8 Let not the wicked haue his desire ô Lord performe not his wicked thoght lest they be proude Sélah 9 As for the chief of them that compasse me about let the mischief of their ownelippes come vpon them 10 Let coles fall vpon them let him cast them into the fyre and into the depe pittes that they rise not 11 For the backebiters shal not be established vpon the earth euil shal hunt the cruel man to destruction 12 I knowe that the Lord wil auenge the afflicted and iudge the poore 13 Surely the righteous shal praise thy Name and the iust shal dwell in thy presence PSAL. CXLI 1 Dauid being grieuously persecuted vnder Saúl onely 〈◊〉 voto God to haue succour 3 Desiring 〈◊〉 to bridle his affections that he maye paciently abide til God ta ke ven geance of his enemies ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 OLord I call vpō thee haste thee vnto me heare my voyce when I crye vnto thee 2 Let my prayer be directed in thy sight as in cense and the lifting vp of mine hand as an euening sacrifice 3 Set a watche ô Lord before my
blacke and darke 10 And be hold there met him a woman with an harlots behauiour and subtil in heart 11 She is babling and lowde whose fete cā not abide in her house 12 Now she is without now in the stretes lieth in waite at euerie corner 13 So she caught him and kissed him with an impudent face said vnto him 14 I haue peace offrings this daye haue I paied my vowes 15 Therefore came I forth to mete thee that I might sekethy face I haue foūde thee 16 I haue deckt my bed with ornamēts carpets and laces of Egypt 17 I haue perfumed my bed with myrrhe aloes and cynamom 18 Come let vs take our fil of loue vntil the mornig let vs take our pleasure in 〈◊〉 19 For mine housband is not at home he is gone a iourney farre of 20 〈◊〉 hathe taken with him a bagge of siluer and will come home at the daye appointed 21 Thus with her great craft she caused him to yelde and with her slattering lippes she entised him 22 And he followed her straight waies as an oxe that goeth to the slaughter as a foole to the stockes for correction 23 Till a darte strike through his liuer as a birde hasteth to the snare not knowing that he is in danger 24 ¶ Heare me now therefore ō children hearken to the wordes of my mouth 25 Let not thine heart decline to her wayes wander thou not in her paths 26 For she hathe caused manie to fall downe wounded and the stronge men are all slayne by her 27 Her house is the waie * vnto the graue which goeth downe to the chābers of death CHAP. VIII 1 Wisdome declareth her excellencie 11 Riches 15 Power 22 Eternitie 32 She exhorteth all to loue followe her 1 DOeth * not wisdome crye and vnderstanding vtter her voyce 2 She standeth in the top of the high places by the way in the place of the paths 3 She cryeth besides the gates before the citie at the entrie of the dores 4 O mē I call vnto you and vtter my voice to the children of men 5 O ye foolishe men vnderstand wisdome and ye Ô fooles be wise in heart 6 Giue 〈◊〉 for I will speake of excellent things and the opening of my lippes shal teache things that be right 7 For my mouth shal speake the trueth and my lippes abhorre wickednes 8 All the wordes of my mouthe are righteous there is no lewdenes nor fro wardenes in them 9 Thei are all plaine to him that wil vnderstand and straight to them that wold finde knowledge 10 Receiue mine instruction and not siluer and knowledge rather then fine golde 11 For wisdome is better then precious stones and all pleasures are not to be compared vnto her 12 I wisdome dwel with prudēce and I finde forthe knowledge and counsels 13 The feare of the Lord is to hate euil as pride and arrogancie and the euill waye and a mouth that speaketh lewde things I do hate 14 I haue counsel and wisdome I am vnderstanding and I haue strength 15 By me Kings reigne and princes decree iustice 16 By me princes rule and the nobles and all the iudges of the earth 17 I loue them that loue me thei that seke me early shal finde me 18 Riches and honour are with me euen durable riches and righteousnes 19 My frute is better then golde euen then fine golde and my reuenues better then fine siluer 20 I cause to walke in the waie of righteous nes and in the middes of the pathes of iudgement 21 That I maie cause thē that loue me to inherite substance I wil fil their treasures 22 The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his waie I was before his workes of olde 23 I was set vp from euerlasting frome the beginning and before the earth 24 When there were no depths was I begotten when there were no fountaines abunding with water 25 Before the mountaines were setled and before the hilles was I begotten 26 He had not yet made the earthe nor the open places nor the height of the dust in the worlde 27 Whē he prepared the heauēs I was there when he set the compas vpon the depe 28 When he established the cloudes aboue whē he cōfirmed the foūtaines of the depe 29 When he gaue his decree to the sea that the waters shulde not passe his commādement when he appointed the fundacions of the earth 30 Then was I with him as a nourisher and I was daily his delite reioycing alwaie before him 31 And toke my solace in the compasse of his earth and my delite is with the chil dren of men 32 Therefore now hearken ô children vnto me for blessed are thei that kepe my waie 33 Heare instruction and be ye wise refuse it not blessed is the man that heareth me watching daily at my gates and giuing attendance at the postes of my dores 34 For he that fin deth me fin deth life and shal obteine fauour of the Lord. 35 But he that sinneth against me hurteth his owne soule and all that hate me loue death CHAP IX 2 Wisdome calleth all to her feast 7 The scorner wil not be corrected 10 The feare of God 13 The conditions of the harlot 1 WIsdome hathe buylt her house hewen out her seuen pillers 2 She hathe killed her vitailes drawen her wine and prepared her table 3 She hathe sent forthe her maidens and cryeth vpon the higgest places of the citie 〈◊〉 4 Whoso is simple let him come hether to him that is destitute of wisdom she saith 5 Come and eat of my meat and drinke of the wine that I haue drawen 6 Forsake your way ye foolish and ye shal liue walke in the waie of vnderstanding 7 He that reproueth a scorner purchasseth to him self shame and he that rebuketh the wicked getteth him self a blot 8 Rebuke not a scorner lest he hate thee but rebuke a wise mā he wil loue thee 9 Giue admonicion to the wise and he wil be the wiser teache a righteous man and he wil increase in learning 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord and the knowledge of holy things is vnderstanding 11 For thy dayes shal be multiplied by me and the yeres of thy life shal be augmented 12 If thou be wise thou shalt be wise for thy self and if thou be a scorner thou alone shalt suffre 13 ¶ A foolish woman is troublesome she is ignorant and knoweth nothing 14 But she sitteth at the dore of her house on a seat in the hye places of the citie 15 To call them that passe by the way that go right on their way saying 16 Who so is simple let him come hether and to him that is destitute of
he answered me and said Stand vp vppon thy fete and heare a mightie sounding voyce 14 There shal come as an earth quake but the place where thou stādest shal not be moued 15 And therefore when he speaketh be not afrayed for of the end shal be the worde and of the fundacion of the earth shal it be vnder stand 16 Therefore while one speaketh of them it trembleth and is moued for it knoweth that it must be changed at the end 17 And when I had heard it I stode vp vpō my fete and hearkened and beholde there was a voyce that spake and the sounde of it was like the sounde of many waters 18 And it said Beholde the dayes come that I wil come and in quire of them that dwel vpō the earth 19 And when I beginne to inquire of theē who by their vnrighteousnes haue hurt others and when the affliction of Sion shal be fulfilled 20 And the worlde that shal vanish away shal be sealed then wil I shewe these signes the bokes shal be opened before the heauen they shal se all it together 21 And the children of a yere olde shal speake with their voices the women with child shal bring forthe vntimelie childrē of thre or fou re moneths olde and they shal liue that are raised vp 22 Then suddenly shal the sowen places appea re as the vnsowne and the sul store houses shal suddenly be founde emptie 23 And the trumpet shal sounde and all they that heare it shal be suddenly afrayed 24 At that time shal friends fight with friends as with enemies and the earth shal feare with them the springs of the welles shal stand stil and in thre houres they shal not renne 25 Whosoeuer remaineth from all these things that I haue tolde thee shal be saued and se my saluacion the end of your worlde 26 And the men that are receiued shalse it thei that haue not tasted death from their birth and the heart of the inhabitants shal be chāged and turned to another meaning 27 For euil shal be put out and disceate shal be quenched 28 But faith shal flourish corruption shal be ouercome and the trueth which hathe bene so long without frute shal come forthe 29 ¶ And when he talked with me beholde I loked alitle vpō him before whome I stode 30 And these wordes said he vnto me I am come to she we thee the time of the night to come 31 If thou wilt pray againe and fast seuen daies more I wil tel thee more things and greater then these which I haue heard in the day 32 For thy voyce is heard before the Highest surely the mightie hathe sene thy righteous dealing he hathe sene also thy chastitie whi che thou hast kept since thy youth 33 Therefore hathe he sent me to shewe thee all these things and to say vnto thee Be of good comfort and feare not 34 And haste not in the vaine consideration of the first times nor make haste to the latter times 35 And after this I wepte againe and fasted seuen dayes in like maner that I might fulfil the thre wekes which he had appointed me 36 And in the eight night was mine heart vexed within me againe and I began to speake before the moste High 37 For my spirit was greatly set on fyer my soule was in distresse 38 And I said ô Lord thou speakest expresly in the first creation euen the first day and cōman dedst * that the heauen and the earth shulde be made and the worke followed thy worde 39 And thē was there the spirit and the darknes was on euerie side with silence there was no mans voyce as yet created of thee 40 Then commandedst thou a bright light to come forthe out of thy treasures that it might giue light to thy worke 41 Vpō the second day thou createdst the hea uenlie ayre and commandedst it that going betwene it shulde make a diuision betwene the waters that the one parte might remaine aboue and the other beneth 42 Vpon the third day thou cōmandedst that the waters shulde be gathered together in the seuenth parte of the earth six partes didest thou drye and kept them to the intent that of these there shuld be that shulde serue thee being sowen of God and tilled 43 Assone as thy worde went forthe the wor ke was in continently made 44 For immediatly great and innumerable fau te did spring vp and manie diuerse pleasures for the taste and floures of vnchangeable co lour and odours of a moste wondersul smel and these things were created the third day 45 * Vpon the fourth daythou createdst the light of the sunne and of the moone and the order of the startes 46 And gauest them a charge to do * seruice euen vnto man that was for to be made 47 And vpon the fift day thou saidest vnto the seuenth parte * where the waters were gathe red that it shulde bring forthe beasts as foules and fishes and it was so 48 For the domme waters and without life broght forthe liuing things at the commandemēt of God that the nations might praise thy wonderous workes 49 Thē didest thou prepare two liuing things the one thou calledst Behemoth the other thou calledst Leuiathan 50 And didest separate the one from the other for the seuenth parte where the water was gathered colde not holde them 51 Vnto Behemoth thou gauest one parte whi che was dryed vp the third day that he shuld dwell in the same parte wherein are a thousand hilles 52 But vnto Leuiathan thou gauest the seuenth parte that is wett and hast prepared him to deuoure what thou wilt and when thou wilt 53 Vpon the sixt day thou gauest commandemēt vnto the earth that before thee it shulde bring forthe beasts catel and creping things 54 And besides this Adam whome thou madest lord ouer all the workes which thou hast created of him come we all and the people also whome thou hast chosen 55 All this haue I spoken before thee ô Lord because thou hast created the world for our sakes 56 As for the other people which also come of Adam thou hast declared them that they are nothing before thee but be like vnto spitle and hast compared their riches vnto a drop that falleth from a vessel 57 And now ô Lord beholde these heathen which haue bene reputed as nothing haue begonne to be lords ouer vs and to deuoure vs. 58 And we thy people whome thou hast called the first borne the onely begotten and thy feruent louer are giuen into their hands 59 If the worlde then be created for our sakes why haue we not the inheritance thereof in possession or how long shal we suffer these things CHAP. VII 5 Without tribulation none can come to felicitie 1 God ad uertiseth all in time 28 The coming and death of Christ 32 The resurrection and last iudgemēt 43 After the whiche all corruption shal cease 48 All fell in
vnto you from the beginning because I was with you 5 But now I go my way to him that sent me and none of you asketh me Whither goest thou 6 But because I haue said these things vnto you your hearts are ful of sorowe 7 Yet I tel you the trueth It is expedient for you that I go away for if I go not away the Comforter wil not come vnto you but if I departe 〈◊〉 wil send him vnto you 8 And when he is come he wil reproue the worlde of sinne and of righteousnes and of iudgement 9 Of sinne because they beleue not in me 10 Of righteousnes because I go to my Father and ye shal se me no more 11 Of iudgement because the prince of this worlde is iudged 12 I haue yet manie things to say vnto you but ye can not beare them now 13 How beit when he is come which is the Spi rit of trueth he wil lead you into all trueth for he shal not speake of him self but whatsoeuer he shal heare shal he speake and he wil shewe you the things to come 14 He shal glorifie me for he shal receiue of mine and shal shewe it vnto you 15 All things that the Father hathe are mine therefore said I that he shal take of mine shewe it vnto you 16 A litle while and ye shal not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me for I go to my Father 17 Then said some of his disciples among thē selues What is this that he saith vnto vs A litle while and ye shal not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me and For I go to my Father 18 They said therefore What is this that he saith A litle while we knowe not what he saith 19 Now Iesus knewe that they wolde aske him and said vnto them Do ye enquire among your selues of that I said A litle while and ye shall not se me and againe a litle while and ye shal se me 20 Verely verely I say vnto you that ye shal wepe and lament and the worlde shal reioyce and ye shal sorowe but your sorowe shal be tourned to ioye 21 A woman when she trauaileth hathe sorowe because her houre is come but assone as she is deliuered of the childe she remēbreth no more the anguishe for ioye that a man is borne into the worlde 22 And ye now therefore are in sorowe but I wil se you againe and your hearts shal reioyce and your ioye shal no man take from you 23 And in that day shal ye aske me nothing * Verely verely I say vnto you whatsoeuer ye shal aske the Father in my Name he wil giue it you 24 Hitherto haue ye asked nothing in my Na me aske and ye shal receiue that your ioye may be ful 25 These things haue I spoken vnto you in parables but the time wil come when I shal no more speake to you in parables but I shal shewe you plainely of the Father 26 At that day shal ye aske in my Name and I say not vnto you that I wil pray vnto the Father for you 27 For the Father him self loueth you because ye haue loued me * and haue beleued that I came out from God 28 I am come out from the Father and came into the worlde againe I leaue the worlde and go to the Father 29 His disciples said vnto him Lo now speakest thou plainely and thou speak est no parable 30 Now knowe we that thou knowest all things and nedest not that any man shulde aske thee By this we beleue that thou art come out from God 31 Iesus answered them Do you beleue now 32 * Beholde the houre cometh and is alreadie come that ye shal be scattred euerie man into his owne and shal leaue me alone but I am not alone for the Father is with me 33 These things haue I spoken vnto you that in me ye might haue peace in the worlde ye shal haue affliction but be of good comfort I haue ouercome the worlde CHAP. XVII 1 The prayer of Christ vnto his Father bothe for himself and his Apostles and also for all suche as receiue the trueth 1 THese things spake Iesus and lift vp his eyes to heauen and said Father the houre is come glorifie thy Sonne that thy Sonne also may glorifie thee 2 * As thou hast giuen him power ouer all flesh that he shulde giue eternal life to all them that thou hast giuen him 3 And this is lif eternal that they knowe thee tobe the onely verie God and whome thou hast sent Iesus Christ. 4 I haue glorified thee on the earth I haue finished the worke which thou gauest me to do 5 And now glorifie 〈◊〉 thou Father with thine owne self with theglorie which I had with thee before the worlde was 6 I haue declared thy Name vnto the men which thou gauest me out of the worlde thine they were and thou gauest them me they haue kept thy worde 7 Now they knowe that all things what soeuer thou hast giuen me are of thee 8 For I haue giuen vnto them the wordes which thou gauest me and they haue receiued them * and haue knowen surely that I came out from thee and haue beleued that thou hast sent me 9 I pray for them I pray not for the worlde but for them which thou hast giuen me for they are thine 10 And all mine are thine and thine are mine and I am glorified in them 11 And now am I no more in the worlde but these are in the worlde and I come to thee Holie Father kepe them in thy Name euen them whome thou hast giuen me that they may be one as we are 12 While I was with them in the worlde I kept them in thy Name those that thou gauest me haue I kept and none of them is lost but the childe of perdition that the * Scripture might be fulfilled 13 And now come I to thee and these things speake I in the worlde that they might haue my ioye fulfilled in them selues 14 I haue giuen them thy worde and the world hathe hated them because they are not of the worlde as I am not of the worlde 15 I pray not that thou shuldest take them out of the worlde but that thou kepe them from euil 16 They are not of the worlde as I am not of the worlde 17 Sanctifie them with thy trueth thy word is trueth 18 As thou diddest send me into the worlde so haue I sent them into the worlde 19 And for their sakes sanctifie I my self that they also may be sanctified through the trueth 20 I pray not for these alone but for them also which shal beleue in me through their worde 21 That they all may
giue no occasion of offence in anie thing that our ministerie shulde not be re prehended 4 But in all things we approue our selues as * the ministers of God in muche patience in afflictions in necessities in distresses 5 In stripes in prisones in tumultes in labours 6 By watchinges by fastinges by puritie by knowledge by long suffering by kindnes by the holie Gost by loue vnfained 7 By the worde of trueth by the power of God by the armour of righteousnes on the right hand an on the lefte 8 By honour and dishonour by euill reporte and good reporte as deceiuers yet true 9 As vnknowen and yet knowen as dying and beholde we liue as chastened and yet not killed 10 As sorowing and yet alway reioycyng as poore and yet make manie riche as hauing nothing and yet possessing all thyngs 11 O corinthians our mouth is open vnto you our heart is made large 12 Ye are not kept straite in vs but ye are kept straite in your owne bowelles 13 Now for the same recompense I speake as to my children Be you also enlarged 14 Be not vnequally yoked with the infideles for what felowship hathe righteousnes with vnrighteousnes and what communion hathe light with darkenes 15 And what concorde hathe Christ with Belial or what parte hathe the beleuer with the infidel 16 And what agrement hathe the Temple of God with idoles * for ye are the Temple of the liuyng God as God hathe said * I will dwell among them and walke there and I will be their God and they shal be my people 17 * Wherefore come out from among them and separate yourselues saith the Lord and touche none vncleane thing and I will receiue you 18 * And I wil be a Father vnto you ye shal be my sonnes and daughters saith the Lord almightie CHAP. VII 1 He exhorteth them by the promise of God to kepe them selues pure 37 Assuring thē of his loue 8. 13 And doeth not excuse his 〈◊〉 toward their but 〈◊〉 therat considering what profite came thereby 10 Of two sortes of sorow 1 SEing then we haue these promises dearely beloued let vs clense our selues from all filthines of the flesh and Spirit and growe vp vnto ful holines in the feare of God 2 Receiue vs we haue done wrong to no man we haue consumed no man we haue defrauded no man 3 I speake it not to your condemnacion for I haue said before that ye are in our hearts to dye and liue together 4 I vse great boldenes of speach towarde you I reioyce greatly in you I am filled with comfort and am exceadyng ioyous in all our tribulacion 5 For when we were come into Macedonia our flesh had no reste but we were troubled on euerie side fightings without and terrours within 6 But God that comforteth the abiect comforted vs at the comming of Titus 7 And not by his comming onely but also by the consolacion where with he was comforted of you whēhetolde vs your great desire your mourning your feruent minde to me warde so that I reioyced muche more 8 For thogh I made you sorie with a letter I re pent not thogh I did repent for I perceiue that the same epistle made you sorie thogh it were but for a season 9 I now reioyce notthat ye were sorie but that ye sorowed to repentance for ye sorowed godly so that in nothing ye were hurt by vs. 10 * For godlie sorowe causeth repentance vnto saluacion not to be repented of but the worldlie sorowe causeth death 11 For beholde this thing that ye haue bene godly sorie what great care it hath wroght in you yea what clearing of your selues yea what indignacion yea what feare yea how great disire yea what a zeale yea what punishment in all things ye haue shewed your selues that ye are pure in this matter 12 Wherefore thogh I wrote vnto you I did not it for his cause that had done the wrong nether for his cause that had the iniurie but that our care toward you in the sight of God might appeare vnto you 13 Therefore we were comforted because ye were comforted but rather we reioyced muche more for the ioy of Titus because his spirit was refreshed by you all 14 For if that I haue boasted anie thing to him of you I haue not 〈◊〉 ashamed but as I haue spoken vnto you all things in trueth enē so our boasting vnto Titus was true 15 And his in warde affection is more abundant towarde you when he remembreth the obedience of you all and how with feare and trembling ye receiued him 16 I reioyce therefore that I may put my cōfidence in you in all things CHAP. VIII 1 By the example of the 〈◊〉 9 And Christ he exhorteth them to continue in relieuing the poore Saintes commending their good beginning 23 After he cōmendeth Titus and his felowes vnto them 1 WE do you also to wit brethren of the grace of God bestowed vpōthe Chur ches of Macedonia 2 Because in great tryal of affliction their ioye abunded and their moste extreme pouertie abunded vnto their riche liberalitie 3 For to their power I beare recorde yea beyonde their power they were willing 4 And prayed vs with great instance that we wold receiue the grace and felowship * of the ministring which is towarde the Saintes 5 And this they did not as we loked for but gaue their owne selues first to the Lord and after vnto vs 〈◊〉 the wil of God 6 That we shulde exhorte Titus that as he had begonne so he wolde also accomplish the same grace among you also 7 Therefore as ye abunde in euerie thing in faith and worde and knowledge and in all diligence and in your loue towards vs euen so se that ye abunde in this grace also 8 This say I not by commandement but because of the diligence of others therefore proue I the naturalnes of your loue 9 For 〈◊〉 knowe the grace of our Lorde Iesus Christ that he being riche for your sakes became poore that ye through his pouertie might be made riche 10 And I shewe my minde herein for this is expedient for you which haue begonne not to do onely but also to wil a yere ago 11 Now therefore performe to do it also that as there was a readines to wil euen so ye maye performe it of that which ye haue 12 For if there be first a willing minde it is accepted according to that a man hathe and not according to that he hathe not 13 Nether is it that other men shulde be eased and you grieued 14 But vpon like condicion at this time your abundance supplieth their lacke that also their abundance may be for your lacke that there may be equalitie 15 As it is wiritten *
haue eternal life and that ye maye beleue in the Name of the Sonne of God 14 And thys is the assurance that we haue in him * that if we aske aniething accordyng to his wil he heareth vs. 15 And if we knowe that he heareth vs whatsoeuer we aske we knowe that we haue the peticions that we haue desired of him 16 If anie man se his brother sinne a sinne that is not vnto death let hym aske and he shall giue him lyfe for them that sinne not vnto death * There is a sinne vnto death I saye not that thou shuldest praye for it 17 All vnryghteousnes is sinne but there is a sinne not vnto death 18 We knowe that whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not but he that is begotten of God kepeth himself and the wicked toucheth him not 19 We knowe that we are of GOD and the whole worlde lyeth in wickednes 20 But we knowe that the Sonne of God is * come and hathe giuen vs a minde to knowe him whiche is true and we are in him that is true that is in his Sonne Iesus Christ this same is verie God and eternal life 21 Babes kepe your selues from idoles Amē THE SECONDE EPISTLE of Iohn He writeth vnto a certeine ladie 4 Reioycing that her children walke in the trueth 5 And exhorteth vnto loue 7 Warneth them to beware of such deceiuers as denie that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh 8 Prayeth them to continue in the doctrine of Christ. 10 And to haue nothing to do with them that brynge not the true doctrine of Christ Iesus our Sauiour 1 THe Elder to the elect Ladie and her chyldren whome I loue in 〈◊〉 the trueth ād not I onelye but also all that haue knowē the trueth 2 For the trueths sake whyche dwelleth in in vs and shal be with vs for euer 3 Grace be with you mercie ād peace frō God the Father and frō the Lord Iesus Christ the Sonne of the Father with trueth and loue 4 I reioyced greatly that I founde of thy children walkyng in trueth as we haue receiued a commandement of the Father 5 And now beseche I thee Ladie not as writing a new commandement vnto thee but that same whiche we had frō the beginning that we * loue one another 6 And this is the loue that we shulde walke af ter his commandements This commandement is that as ye haue hearde from the begynning ye shulde walke in it 7 For manie deceiuers are entred in the world which confesse not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh He that is suche one is a deceiuer and an Antichrist 8 Loke to your selues that we lose not the thyngs whiche we haue done but that we may receiue a ful rewarde 9 Whosoeuer transgresseth and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ hathe not God He that continueth in the doctrine of Christ he hath bothe the Father and the Sonne 10 If there come anie vnto you and bring not this doctrine * receiue him not to house nether bid him God spede 11 For he that biddeth him God spede is partaker of his euil dedes Althogh I had manie thynges to write vnto you yet I wolde not write with paper and yncke but I trust to come vnto you ād speake mouth to mouth that our ioye may be ful 12 The sonnes of thine elect sister grete thee Amen THE THIRD EPIstle of Iohn 3 He is glad of Gaius that he walketh in the trueth 8 Exhorteth to be louyng vnto the poore Christen in their persecution 9 Sheweth the vnkinde dealing of Diotrephes 12 And the good reporte of Demetrius 1 THE Elder vnto the beloued Gaius whome I loue in the trueth 2 Beloued I wishe chiefly that thou prosperedst and faredst wel as thy soule prospereth 3 For I reioyced greatly when the brethren came and testified of the trueth that is in thee how thou walkest in the trueth 4 I haue no greater ioye then this that is to he are that my sonnes walke in veritie 5 Beloued thou doest faythfully whatsoeuer thou doest to the brethren and to strāgers 6 Whiche bare witnes of thy loue before the Churches Whome if thou bringest of their iourney as it besemeth accordyng to God thou shalt do wel 7 Because that for hys Names sake they went forthe and toke nothing of the Gentiles 8 We therefore ought to receiue suche that we might be helpers to the trueth 9 I wrote vnto the Churche but Diotrephes whiche loueth to haue the preeminence among them receiueth vs not 10 Wherefore if I come I will declare hys dedes whyche he doeth prateling againste vs with malicious wordes and not there with content nether he him self receiueth the bre thren but forbiddeth them that wolde and thrusteth them out of the Church 11 Beloued followe not that which is euil but that whiche is good he that doeth well is of god but he that doth euil hath not sene god 12 Demetrius hathe good reporte of all men and of the trueth itselfe yea and we ourselues beare recorde and ye knowe that our recorde is true 13 I haue manie thyngs to write but I will not with yncke and pen write vnto thee 14 For I truste I shall shortely se thee and we shal speake mouth to mouth Peace be with thee The friends salute thee Grete the friends by name THE GENERAL Epistle of Iude. THE ARGVMENT SAint Iude admonisheth all Churches generally to take hede of deceiuers which go about to drawe awaye the hearts of the simple people from the trueth of God and willeth them to haue no societie with suche whome he setteth forthe in their liuelie colours shewing by diuers examples of the Scriptures what horrible vengeance is prepared for thē finally he comforteth the faithful and exhorteth them to perseuere in the doctrine of the Apostles of Iesus Christ. 1 IVde a seruant of Iesus Christ and brother of Iames to them whiche are cal led and sanctified of God the Father and reserued to Iesus Christ 2 Mercie vnto you and peace and loue be multiplied 3 Beloued when I gaue all diligence to write vnto you of the commune saluation it was nedeful for me to write vnto you to exhorte you that ye shulde earnestly contende for the maintenance of the faith whiche was once giuen vnto the Saintes 4 For there are certeine men crept in whiche were before of olde ordeyned to this condemnation vngodlie men they are whiche turne the grace of our God into wantonnes and * denye God the onelie Lorde and our Lord Iesus Christ. 5 I wil therefore put you in remembrance forasmuche as ye once knewe thys howe that the Lord after that he had deliuered the peo ple out of Egypte * destroyed them afterwarde which beleued not 6 The * Angels also which kept not their first estat but
〈◊〉 of Christs death q VVhen they cō mande or forbid vs any thing con trary to the 〈◊〉 of God Chap 3. 13. r Meaning that he is 〈◊〉 mediator and onelie meane betwene God and man s That is Christ. t This Theudas was ahoue thirtie yeres before him of whome Iosephus mencio neth li. 20. de An tiq chap. 4. that was after the death of Herode the Great when Archelaus his sonne was at Rome at what time Iudea was ful of 〈◊〉 so that it is not sure to giue 〈◊〉 to Eusebius in this point u Of him maketh menciō Iosephus li. 18. where he speaketh of the taxing Luk. 2. 1. x He groundeth vp ō good principles but he douteth of the qualitie of the cause nether dare affirme whether it be good or bad whe re in appeareth he 〈◊〉 but a 〈◊〉 a Whose ancesters were Iewes and dwelled in Grecia therefore these spake 〈◊〉 ke and not Hebrewe b They were not loked vnto in the distribucion of the almes c That is to make prouision for the maintenance of the poore forasmuche as they were not able to satisfie bo the 〈◊〉 offices d He ioyneth faith with the other giftes of the holie Gost. e Meaning one that was turned to the Iewish re ligion Chap. 21 8. f This ceremonie the Iewes obserued in solenne sa crifices Leui. 3. 2. and also in praier and pri uate blessings Gene. 48. 14. g That is to the Gospel which is receiued by faith likewise in the 〈◊〉 Church it was vsed ether when they made ministers or gaue the gifts of the ho lie Gost which gifts being now taken away the ceremonie must cease h Orcolledge di uers nacions had colledges at Ierusalem where in their youth was instructed as we sein 〈◊〉 i That is instructed and set forthe false witnesses and thus malice seketh false shiftes when tru eth 〈◊〉 he k Thei speake this in 〈◊〉 l Not onely a cer teine considence but also 〈◊〉 maiestie appearing in him a Steuen was ac cused that he denied God and therefore he is more diligent to purge this crime b Hereby he is di 〈◊〉 from the 〈◊〉 gods c He speaketh he re of Mesopotamia as it 〈◊〉 babylon ād Chaldea in it Gen. 12. 1. Gene. 15. 〈◊〉 d Beginning to recken 〈◊〉 yeres from the time that Isaac was borne e Take vengeance of them and deliuer my people Genes 17. 9. Genes 21. 3. Genes 25. 24. Gen. 29. 33. 30. 5. and 35. 23. Gen. 37. 28. f That is preserued and broght all things to a good 〈◊〉 Gen. 41. 37. Gen. 42. 1. Gen. 45 4. g After the Hebrewe threscore and ten Gene. 46. 5. Gene. 49. 31. Gene. 50. 7. h It is probable that some writer through negligence put in Abraham in this place in 〈◊〉 of Iacob who boght this field Ios h. 24. 32. Gen. 23. 16. Exod. 1 7. i He inuented craftiewaiesboth to destroye the Israelites with ouer muche labour and also to get great profite by them Gene. 33. 19 or by Abraham he mea neth the posteritie of Abraham “ Or that their race shulde faile Exod. 2. 2. Ebr. 11. 23. Exod. 1. 10. Exod. 2. 11. Exod. 2. 〈◊〉 Exod. 3. 2. k This fyre repre sented the fornace of affliction wherein the people of God were l Seing thie Angel called him self God it declareth that he was Christ the Mediator who is the eternal God m In signe of reuerence read Exod. 3. 5. Exod. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 14. Exod. 16. 〈◊〉 Deut. 18. 15. Chap. 3. 22. n He proueth that Christ is the end of the Law and the 〈◊〉 Exod. 19. 2. o Moses was the Angels or Christs minister and a guide to the fathers p By oracles is ment the sayings that God spake to Moses Exod. 〈◊〉 1. q Figures or testimonies of the presence of God r Yet they knew he was absent for their commoditie and so wolde shortely 〈◊〉 and bring them the Law Rom. 1 24. s As the sunne mone and other 〈◊〉 Deut. 17. 3. 〈◊〉 5 〈◊〉 t Your fathers be gan in wildernes to contemne mine ordinances and you now far re passe them in impietie u And caryed it vpon your shulders Leui. 20. 2. x They ought to haue bene cōtent with this conuenant onely and not to haue gone after their lewd fantasies Exod. 25. 40. Ebr. 8. 5. Ios. 3 14. 1. Sam. 13. 14. Psal 89 21. 2. Sam. 7. 〈◊〉 Psal. 132. 5. 1. Chro. 17. 12. 1. king 6. 1. Chap. 17. 24. y He reproueth the grosse dulnes of the people 〈◊〉 the power of God in that they wolde haue conteined it within the tēple Isa. 66. 1. z God can not be conteined in any space of place a Which nether forsake your olde wickednes nor so muche as heare 〈◊〉 God speaketh to you 〈◊〉 rebel Iere 9 26. Ezek. 44 9. b Which is Iesus Christ who is not onely iust for his 〈◊〉 but because all true iustice commeth of him c By their ministerie or office 〈◊〉 16. 13. d An I reignīg in his flesh wherein he had suffied e This was done of furious violen ce and by no for me of iustice Chap. 22. 20. Mat. 5. 44. Luk. 23. 34. 1. Cor. 4. 12. a From the 〈◊〉 where he was stoned b When the Church is depriued of any worthie member the re is iuste cause of sorrowe and note that here is no mention of any relikes or prayers for the dead or worshiping c The conuersion of Samaria was as it were the first frutes of the calling of the Gentiles d This declareth how much more we are inclined to folow the illu sions of Saran 〈◊〉 the trueth of God e This is the 〈◊〉 of Saran to couer all his illusions vnder the Name of God f The maiestie of Gods worde forced him to confesse the trueth but yet was he not regenerat therefore g Meaning the particular gifts of the holy Spirit h They had onely receiued the commune grace of adoption rege neracion whiche are offered to all the faithful in baptisme and as yet had not recei ued the gift to spake in diuers languages to do miracles i Thou art not worthie to be of the nomber of the faithful k That is turne away from thy wickednes l Hereby he wold make himto feele his sinne not that he douted of Gods mercies if he colde repent Deut. 29. 18. m Or 〈◊〉 heart is ful of dispitful of malice deuelisn poyson of impietie so that now Satan hath thee 〈◊〉 as capti ue in his bands n After that Ale xander had destroyed it it was not much peopled as it was afore and therefore in respect was as my sister o Eunuche signifieth him that is gelded but becau se in the East par tes great affaires were commit to suche it came in vse that noble mē were called Eunu ches althogh they were not gelded also all maner officers seruāts thatwere put in credit or
is Hebron in the land of Canaan 20 Thus bothe the field and the caue that is therein was made sure vnto Abraham for a possession of buryal by the Hittites CHAP. XXIIII 2 Abraham causeth his seruant to sweare to take a wife for Izhak in his owne kinred 12 The seruāt prayeth to God 34 His fidelitie towarde his master 50 The friendes of Rebekah commit the matter to God 58 They aske her consent and she agreeth 67 And is maryed to Izhak 1 NOw Abraham was olde and striken in yeres and the Lord had blessed Abraham in all things 2 Therefore Abraham said vnto hys eldest seruant of his house whiche had the rule ouer all that he had * Put nowe thine hande vnder my thygh 3 And I will make thee sweare by the Lorde God of the heauen and God of the earth that thou shalte not take a wyfe vnto my sonne of the daughters of the Cananites among whome I dwel 4 But thou shalte go vnto my countrie and to my kynred and take a wife vnto my sonne Izhak 5 And the seruant sayd to hym What if the wo man wyll not come with me to this land shal I bring thy sonne againe vnto the land from whence thou camest 6 To whome Abraham answered Beware that thou bring not my sonne thether againe 7 ¶ The Lorde God of heauen who toke me from my fathers house and frome the lande where I was borne and that spake vnto me and that sweare vnto me saying * Vnto thy sede wyl I giue this land he shal send his Angell before thee and thou shalt take a wyfe vnto my sonne from thence 8 Neuertheles if the woman will not followe thee then shalt thoube discharged of this mine othe onely bring not my sonne thether agayne 9 Then the seruaunt put hys hande vnder the thygh of Abraham hys master and sware to him for this matter 10 ¶ So the seruaunt toke ten camels of the camels of hys master and departed for he had all his masters goods in his hande and so he arose and went to Aram Naharaim vn to the citie of Nahor 11 And he made his camels to lie downe with out the citie by a well of water at euen aboute the tyme that women come out to drawe water 12 And he said O Lord God of my master Abra hā I beseche thee send me good spede this day shewe mercie vnto my master Abrahā 13 Lo I stande by the well of water whiles the mens daughters of thys citie come oute to drawe water 14 Graunt that the maide to whome I saye Bowe downe thy pitcher I pray thee that I may drinke if she say Drinke and I wil giue thy camels drinke also may be she that thou hast ordeined for thy seruant Izhak and ther by shall I knowe that thou hast she wed mercie on my master 15 ¶ Nowe yet he had left speak yng beholde Rebekah came out the daughter of Bethuél sonne of Milcah the wyfe of Nahor Abrahams brother and her pitcher vppon her shulder 16 And the maide was very faire to loke vppon a virgine and vnknowen of man and she went downe to the well and filled her pitcher and came vp 17 Then the seruant ran to mete her and sayd Let me drincke I praye thee a litle water of thy pitcher 18 And she said Drinke syr and she hasted ād let downe her pitcher vp ō her hand and gaue him drinke 19 And when the had giuen hym drinke she said I wil drawe water for thy camels also vn til they haue dronken ynough 20 And she poured out her pitcher into the trogh spedelye and ranne agayne vnto the well to drawe water and she drewe for all his camels 21 So the man wondred at her and helde hys peace to wit whether the Lorde had made his iourney prosperous or not 22 And when the camels had left drinking the man toke a golden abillement of halfe a shekel weight ād two bracelettes for her hands of ten shekels weight of golde 23 And he sayd Whose daughter art thou tell me I praye thee Is there roume in thy Fathers house for vs to lodge in 24 Then she said to hym I am the daughter of Bethuél the sonne of Milcáh whom she bare vnto Nahôr 25 Moreouer she said vnto hym We haue lytter also and prouander ynough and roume to lodge in 26 And the man bowed him selfe and worship ped the Lord. 27 And sayd Blessed be the Lorde God of my master Abrahâm which hath not with drawen his mercie and his trueth from my master for when I was in the waye the Lorde broght me to my masters brethrens house 28 And the maide ran and told them of her mo ther 's house according to these wordes 29 ¶ Now Rebek áh had a brother called Labán and Labán ran vnto the man to the wel 30 For when he had sene the earynges and the bracelettes in his sisters hands and when he heard the wordes of Rebekáh his sister saying Thus sayd the man vnto me then he went to the man and lo he stode by the camels at the well 31 And he sayd come in thou blessed of the Lorde wherfore standest thou without seing I haue prepared the house and roume for the camels 32 ¶ Thē the mā came into the house and he vnsadeled the camels and broght litter and prouander for the camels ād water to washe his fete the mēs fete that were with him 33 Afterward the meat was set before him but he sayd I will not eat vntill I haue sayd my message And he said Speake on 34 Then he said I am Abrahams seruant 35 And the Lord hath blessed my master wonderfully that he is become great for he hath giuen him shepe and beues and siluer and golde and men seruantes and maide seruantes and camels and asses 36 And Saráh my masters wife hathe borne a sonne to my master when she was olde and vnto him hathe he giuen all that he hathe 37 Nowe my master made me sweare saying Thou shalte not take a wife to my sonne of the daughters of the Canaanites in whose land I dwel 38 But thou shalt go vnto my fathers house to my kynred take a wife vnto my sonne 39 Then I said vnto my master What if the wo man wil not followe me 40 Who aunswered me The Lorde before whom I walke wil send his Angel with thee and prosper thy iourney and thou shalt take a wife for my sonne of my kindred ād my fathers house 41 Then shalt thou be discharged of mine othe when thou commest to my kinred and if they giue thee not one thou shalte be fre from mine othe 42 So I came this daye to the well and sayd O Lord the God of my master Abrahā if thou now prosper my iourney which I
Saneherib King of Asshúr departed and went his way and returned and dwelt in Niniuéh 37 And as he was in the temple worshiping Nisrōch his God Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnes slewe him with the sworde and they escaped into the land of Ararát ad Esarhaddōn his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XX. 1 Hezehiáh is sicke and receyueth the signe of his health 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách 13 Sheweth his treasures and is reprehended of Isaiah 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn to death and the Prophet Isaiáh the son ne of Amōz came to him and said vnto him Thus sayth the LORD Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye and not liue 2 Then he turned his face to the wall and prayed to the Lord saying 3 I beseche thee ô Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in trueth with a perfit heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court the worde of the Lord came to him saying 5 Turne againe and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy prayer and sene thy teares beholde I haue healed thee and the third day thou shalt go vp to the house of the Lord 6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake and for Dauid my seruants sake 7 Then Isaiáh said Take a lompe of drye figs And they toke it and layed it on the 〈◊〉 and he recouered 8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh What shal be the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day 9 And Isaiáh answered This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken Wilt thou that the 〈◊〉 go forwarde ten degrees or go bicke ten degrees 10 And Hezekiáh answered It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees not so then but let the shadowe go backe ten degrees 11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees 〈◊〉 by it had gone downe in the dial of Aház 12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of 〈◊〉 sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke 13 And Hezekiáh heard thē and shewed them all his treasure house to wit the siluer and the golde and the spices and the precious ointmēt and all the house of his armour and al that was founde in his treasures there was nothing in his house and in all his realme that Hezekiáh she wed them not 14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh and said vnto him What said thesemen and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They be come from a farre countrey euen from Babél 15 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not shewed them 16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh Heare the worde of the Lord. 17 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue laied vp in store vnto this day * shal be caried into Babél Nothing shal beleft saith the Lord. 18 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt be get shal they take away and they shal be eunuches in the place of the King of Babél 19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh The word of the Lord which thou hast spokē is good for said he Shal it not be good if peace and trueth be in my dayes 20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh all his valiāt dedes and how he made a poole and a condite broght water into the citie are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudà h 21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XXI 3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie 16 And vseth great 〈◊〉 18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth 23 who is killed of his owne seruants 26 After him 〈◊〉 Iosiah 1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh 2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekià h his father had destroied and he erected vp altars for Báal and made a groue as did Aháb King of Israél and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them 4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the Lord of the which the Lord said * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to 〈◊〉 him 7 And he set the image of the groue that he had made in the house where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to Salomōn his sonne * In this house ād in Ierusalém which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land which I gaue their fathers so that they wil obserue and do all that I haue commanded them and according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés commanded them 9 Yet they obeyed not but Manasséh led thē out of the way to do more wickedly then did the heathen people whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél 10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes saying 11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe done suche abominacions and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites which were before him did and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles 12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh that whoso heareth of it bothe his eares shal tingle 13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the line of Samaria and the plommet of the house of Aháb
ordeined and promised for them and for their sede and for all that ioyned vnto them that they wolde not faile to obserue those two dayes euerie yere ac cordyng to their writing and accordyng to their season 28 And that these dayes shulde be remembred and kept throughout euerie generation ād euerie familie and euerie prouince and euerie citie euen these dayes of Purim shulde not faile among the Iewes and the memorial of them shuld not perish from their sede 29 And the Quene Estér the daughter of Abihail and Mordecai the Iewe wrote with all autoritie to confirme this letter of Purim the seconde time 30 And he sent letters vnto all the Iewes to the hundreth and seuen and twentie prouin ces of the kyngdome of Ahashuerosh with wordes of peace and trueth 31 To confirme these dayes of Purim accordyng to their seasons as Mordecai the Iewe and Estér the Quene had appointed them and as they had promised for them selues and for their sede with fasting and prayer 32 And the decree of Estér confirmed these wordes of Purim was writen in the boke CHAP. X. The estimation and autoritie of Mordecai 1 ANd the Kyng Ahashuerôsh layed atribute vpon the lande and vpon the yles of the sea 2 And all the actes of hys power and of hys might ād the declaration of the dignitie of Mordecai wherewith the King magnified him are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kyng of Media Persia 3 For Mordecai the Iewe was the seconde vnto Kyng Ahashuerósh and greate amonge the Iewes and accepted among the multitude of hys brethren who procured the welth of his people and spake peaceably to all hys sede IOB THE ARGVMENT IN this historie is set before our eyes the example of a singular pacience For this holy man Iob was not onely extremely afflicted in outwarde things and in his body but also in his minde and conscience by the sharpe tentations of his wife and chief friends which by their vehement wordes and subtil disputations broght him almoste to dispaire for they set forthe God as a seuere iudge and mortal enemie vnto him whiche had caste him of therefore in vaine he shulde seke vnto him for succour These friends came vnto him vnder pretence of consolation and yet they tormented him more then did all his affliction Notwithstanding he did constantly resist them and at length had good successe In this storie we haue to marke that Iob mainteineth a good cause but handeleth it euil againe his aduersaries haue an euil matter but they defend it craftely For Iob helde that God did not alway punish men according to their sinnes but that he had secret iudgements whereof man knewe not the cause and therefore man colde not reason against God therein but he shulde be conuicted Moreouer he was assured that God had not reiected hym yet through his greate torments and affliction he brasteth forthe into manie inconueniencies bothe of wordes and sentences and sheweth him selfe as a desperate man in manie things and as one that wolde resist God and this is his good cause which he doeth not handel wel Agayne the aduersaries mainteine with manie goodlie arguments that God punisheth continually accordyng to the trespas grounding vpon Gods prouidence his iustice and mans sinnes yet their intention is euil for they labour to bring Iob into dispaire and so they mainteine an euil cause Ezekiél commendeth Iob as a iuste man Ezek. 14. 14 and Iames setteth out his pacience for an example Iam. 5. 11. CHAP. I. 1 The holines tiches and care of Iob for his children 11 Satan hathe permission to tempt hym 13 He tempteth him by taking awaye his substance and his children 20 His faith and pacience 1 THere was a man in the land of Vz called Iob and thys man was an vpryght and iuste man one that feared God and eschewed euil 2 And he had seuen son nes and thre daughters 3 Hys substance also was seuen thousande shepe and thre thousande camels and fiue hundreth yoke of oxen and fyue hundreth she asses and hys familie was verie great so that thys man was the greatest of all the men of the East 4 And his sonnes went and banketted in their houses euerie one his day and sent and called their thre sisters to eat ād to drinke with them 5 And when the dayes of their bankettyng were gone aboute Iob sent and sanctified them and rose vp early in the morning ād offred burnt offrings according to the nōber of them all For Iob thoght It may be that my sonnes haue sinned and blasphemed God in their hearts thus did Iob euerie day 6 ¶ Now on a day when the children of God came and stode before the Lorde Satán came also among them 7 Then the Lorde said vnto Satan Whence commest thou And Satan aunswered the Lorde saying From compassing the earth to and fro and from walking in it 8 And the Lord said vnto Satan Hast thou not cōsidered my seruant Iob how none is like him in the earth an vpright ādiust man one that feareth God and esche weth euil 9 Then Satā answered the Lord ād said doeth Iob feare God for noght 10 Hast thou not made an hedge about hym and about hys house and about all that he hathe on euerie side thou hast blessed the worke of his hands and his substance is encreased in the land 11 But stretche out now thine hand and touche all that he hathe to se if he wil not blas pheme thee to thy face 12 Then the Lorde sayd vnto Satan Lo all that he hathe is in thine hand onely vpon hym selfe shalt thou not stretche out thyne hand So Satan departed from the presence of the Lorde 13 ¶ And on a daye when hys sonnes and hys daughters were eatyng and drinkyng wine in their eldest brothers house 14 There came a messenger vnto Iob and said The oxen were plowing and the asses feding in their places 15 And the Shabeans came violently and toke them yea they haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 16 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The fyre of GOD is fallen from the heauen ād hath burnt vp the shepe and the seruants and deuoured them but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 17 And whiles he was yet speakyng another came and said The Caldeans set out thre bandes and fel vpon the camels and haue ta ken them and haue slaine the seruants with the edge of the sworde but I onely am escaped alone to tel thee 18 And whiles he was yet speak yng came an other and said Thy sonnes and thy daughters were eating and drinking wine in their eldest brothers house 19 And be holde there came a great winde frō beyond the
them and haue not turned againe til I had consumed them 38 I haue wounded thē that they were not able to rise they are fallen vnder my fete 39 For thou hast girded me with strēgth to battel them that rose against me thou hast subdued vnderme 40 And thou hast giuen me the neckes of mine enemies that I might destroye them that hate me 41 They cryed but there was none to saue them euen vnto the Lord but he answered them not 42 Then I did beate them smale as the dust before the winde I did tread them flat as the claye in the stretes 43 Thou hast deliuered me frō the contentiōs of the people thou hast made me the head of the heathen a people whome I haue not knowen shal serue me 44 As sone as thei heare thei shal obey me the strangers shal be in subiection to me 45 Strangers shal shrinke away and feare in their priuie chambers 46 Let the Lord liue and blessed be my strēgth and the God of my saluacion be exalted 47 It is God that giueth me power to auenge me and subdueth the people vnder me 48 O my deliuerer from mine enemies euen thou hast set me vp from them that rose against me thou hast deliuered me from the cruel man 49 Therefore I wil praise thee ô Lord amōg the nations and wil sing vnto thy Name 50 Great deliuerances giueth he vnto his King and sheweth mercie to his anointed euen to Dauid and to his sede for euer PSAL. XIX 1 To the intent he might moue the faithful to a deper consideration of Gods glorie he setteth before their eyes the moste exquisite workemanship of the heauens with their proportion and ornaments 8 And afterward calleth them to the Law wherein God hathe reueiled him self more familiarly to his chosen people The which peculiar grace by commending the Law he setteth forthe more at large ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe heauens declare the glorie of God and the firmament sheweth the worke of his hands 2 Daie vnto daievttereth the same and night vnto night teacheth knowledge 3 There is no speache no language where their voyce is not heard 4 Their line is gone forthe through all the earth and their wordes into the ends of the worlde in them hathe he set a tabernacle for the sunne 5 Which commeth forthe as bridegrome out of his chambre and reioyceth like a migh tie man to runne his race 6 His going out is from the end of the heauen his cōpas is vnto the ends of the same none is hid from the heate thereof 7 The Law of the Lord is perfite conuerting the soule the testimonie of the Lord is sure and giueth wisdome vnto the simple 8 The 〈◊〉 of the Lord are right reioyce the heart the cōmandement of the Lord is pure and giueth light vnto the eyes 9 The feare of the Lord is cleane ādindureth for euer the iudgement of the Lord are trueth they are righteous all together 10 And more to be desired then golde yea then muche fine golde sweter also thē honie and the honie combe 11 Moreouer by them is thy seruant made cir cumspect and in keping of them there is great rewarde 12 Who can vnderstand his faute clense me from secret 〈◊〉 13 Kepe thy seruant also from presumpteous sinnes let thē not reigne ouer me so shal I be vpright and made cleane frō muche wickednes 14 Let the wordes of my mouth and the meditation of 〈◊〉 heart be acceptable in thy sight ô Lord my strength and my redemer PSAL. XX. 1 A prayer of the people vnto God that it wolde please him to 〈◊〉 their King and receiue his sacrifice which he offied before he went to battel against the 〈◊〉 ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord heare thee in the daye of trouble the Name of the God of Iaakōb de fende thee 2 Send thee helpe from the Sanctuarie and strengthen thee out of Zion 3 Let him remember all thine offrings and turne thy burnt offrings into ashes Sélah 4 And grante thee according to thine heart and fulfil all thy purpose 5 That we may reioyce in thy saluacion and set vp the banner in the Name of our God when the Lord shal performe all thy petitions 6 Now know I that the Lord wil helpe his 〈◊〉 and wil heare him from his San ctuarie by the mightie helpe of his right hand 7 Some trust in chariots and some in horses but we wil remember the Name of the Lord our God 8 They are broght downe and fallen but we are risen and stande vpright 9 Saue Lord let the King heare vs in the day that we call PSAL. XXI 1 Dauid in the persone of the people praiseth God for the victorie attributing it to God and not to the strength of man Wherein the holie Gost directeth the faithful to Christ who is the perfection of this kingdome ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe King shal reioyce in thy strength ô Lord yea how greatly shal he reioyce in thy saluation 2 Thou hast giuen him his hearts desire and hast not denied him the request of his lippes Sélah 3 For thou didest preuent him with liberal blessings and didest set a crowne of pure golde vpon his head 4 He asked life of thee thou gauest him a long life for euer and euer 5 His glorie is great in thy saluacion dignitie and honour hast thou layed vpon him 6 For thou hast set him as blessings for euer thou hast made him glad with the ioye of thy countenance 7 Because the King trusteth in the Lord and in the mercie of the most High he shal not slide 8 Thine hand shal finde out all thine enemies and thy right hand shal finde out them that hate thee 9 Thou shalt make them like a fyrie ouen in time of thine angre the Lord shall destroy them in his wrath and the fyer shal deuoure them 10 Their frute shalt thou destroy frō the earth and their sede from the children of men 11 For they intended euil against thee and imagined mischief but they shal not preuaile 12 Therefore shalt thou put them aparte the strings of thy bowe shalt thou make rea dy against their faces 13 Be thou exalted ô Lord in thy strēgth so wil we sing and praise thy power PSAL. XXII 1 Dauid complained because he was broght into suche extremities that he was past all hope but after he had rehearsed the sorowes and griefs wherewith he was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He recouereth him 〈◊〉 from the bottomles pit of ten 〈◊〉 and groweth in hope And here vnder his owne persone he setteth 〈◊〉 the figure of Christ whome he did forese by the Spirit of prophecie that he shulde maruelously
5 Lead me forthe in thy trueth and teache me for thouart the God of my saluacion in thee do I trust all the daye 6 Remember ô Lord thy rendre mercies and thylouing kindenes for they haue bene for euer 7 〈◊〉 not the sinnes of my youth nor my rebellions but according to thy kinde nes remember thou me euen for thy good 〈◊〉 sake ô Lord. 8 Gracious and righteous is the Lord the refore wil he teache sinners in the waye 9 Them that be meke wil he guide in iudge ment and teache the humble his waye 10 All the paths of the Lord are mercie and trueth vnto such as kepe his couenant his 〈◊〉 11 For thy Names sake ô Lord be merciful vnto mine iniquitie for it is great 12 What man is he that feareth the Lord him shal he teache the waye that he shal chuse 13 His soule shal dwel at ease and his 〈◊〉 shal 〈◊〉 the land 14 The secret of the Lord is reueiled to thē that feare him and his couenant to giue thē vnderstanding 15 〈◊〉 eies are euer to ward the Lord for he wil bring my fete out of the net 16 Turne thy face vnto me and haue mercie vpon me for I am desolate and poore 17 The sorowes of mine heart are enlarged drawe me out of my troubles 18 Loke vpon mine affliction and my trauel 〈◊〉 all my sinnes 19 Beholde mine enemies for they are many and they hate with cruel hatred 20 Kepe my soule and deliuerme let me be cō founded for 〈◊〉 trust in thee 21 Let mine vprightenes and equitie preser ue me for mine hope is in thee 22 Deliuer Israél ô God out of all histroubles PSAL. XXVI 1 Dauid oppressed with many 〈◊〉 finding no helpe in the worlde calleth for aide from God and assured of his integritie toward Saúl desireth God to be his iudge and to defend his innocencie 6 Finally he maketh mencion of his sacrisice which he wil offre for his 〈◊〉 and desireth to be in the companie of the faithful in the congregaciō of God whēce he was 〈◊〉 by Saúl promising integritie of life open praises and thankesgiuing ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 IVdge me ô Lord for I haue walked in mine innocencie my trust hathe bene also in the Lord therefore shal I not slide 2 Proue me ô Lord and trye me examine my reines and mine heart 3 For thy louing kindenes is before mine eyes therefore haue I walked in thy trueth 4 * I haue not hanted with vaine persones ne ther kept companie with the dissemblers 5 I haue hated the assemblie of the euil and 〈◊〉 not companied with the wicked 6 I wil wash mine hands in innocencie ô Lord and compasse thine altar 7 That 〈◊〉 maie declare with the voice of thankesgiuing and set forthe all wonderous workes 8 O Lord I haue loued the habitation of thine house and the place where thine honour 〈◊〉 9 Gather not my soule with the sinners nor my life with the bloodie men 10 In whose hands is wickednes and their right hands is ful of bribes 11 But I wil 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 innocencie redeme me therefore and be merciful vnto me 12 My fote standeth in vp rightnes I wil praise thee ô Lord in the Congregations PSAL. XXVII 1 Dauid maketh this psalme being 〈◊〉 from great 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 by the praises thankesgiuing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wherein we may se the 〈◊〉 saith of Dauid against the 〈◊〉 of all his enemies 〈◊〉 And also the end wherefore he desireth to hue and to be deliuered onely to 〈◊〉 God in his Congregation ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord is my light and my saluation whome shal I feare the Lord is the strēgth of my life of whome shal I be afraid 2 When the wicked euen mine enemies and my foes came vpō me to eatvp my flesh they stumbled and fel. 3 Thogh an hoste pitched against me mine heart shulde not be afraid thogh warre be raised against me I wil trust in this 4 One thing haue I desired of the Lord that I wil require 〈◊〉 that I may dwel in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life to beholde the beautie of the Lord to visite his Temple 5 For in the time of trouble he shal hide me in his Tabernacle in the secret place of his pa 〈◊〉 shal he hide me and set me vp vpon arocke 6 And now shal he lift vp mine head aboue mine enemies round about me therfore wil I offer in his Tabernacle sacrifices of ioye I wilsing and praise the Lord. 7 Hearken vnto my voice ô Lord when I crye haue mercie also vpon me heare me 8 When thou saidest 〈◊〉 ye my face mi ne heart answered vnto thee O Lord I wil seke thy face 9 Hide not therefore thy face from me nor cast thy seruāt awaie in displeasure thou hast bene my succour leaue me not nether for sake me ô God of my saluation 10 Thogh my father and my mother shulde forsake 〈◊〉 yet the Lord wil gather me vp 11 Teache me thy waie ô Lord and leade me in a right path because of mine enemies 12 Giue me not vnto the lust of mine aduersaries for there are false witnesses risen vp againstme and suche as speake cruelly 13 I shulde haue fainted except I had beleued to see the goodnes of the Lord in the land of the 〈◊〉 14 Hope in the Lord be strong and he shall comfortthine heart and trust in the Lord. PSAL. XXVIII 1 Being in great feare and heauines of heart to se God dishonored by the 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 to berid of them 4 And 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 against them and 〈◊〉 length 〈◊〉 him selfe that God hathe 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 9 Vnto whose tuition he 〈◊〉 all the faithful ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 VNto thee ô Lord do I crye ô my strēgth be not deafe toward me 〈◊〉 if thou answer me not I be like them that go downe into the pit 2 He are the voice of my peticions whē I crye vnto thee whē I 〈◊〉 vp mine 〈◊〉 to ward thine holy Oracle 3 Drawe 〈◊〉 not awaie with the 〈◊〉 and with the workers of iniquitie which speake friendly to their neighbours when malice is in their hearts 4 Re Ward them according to their dedes and according to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 inuentions recompense them after worke of their hands render them their rewarde 5 For thei regard not the workes of the Lord nor the operation of his hands therefore breake thē downe and buy lde thē not vp 6 Praise be the Lord for he he hathe heard the voice of my petitions 7 The Lord is my strength and my 〈◊〉 mine heart trusted in him and I was helped the refore mine heart shal reioyce and with my song wil I praise him 8 The Lord is their
the measure of my dayes what it is let me knowe how long I haue to liue 5 Beholde thou haste made my dayes as an hand breadth and mine age as nothing in respect of thee surely euery mā in his best state is altogether vanitie Sélah 6 Douteles man walketh in a shadowe and disquieteth him selfe in vaine he heapeth vp riches and can not tell who shall gather them 7 And now Lord what waite I for mine hope is euen in thee 8 Deliuer me from all my transgressions and make me not a rebuke vnto the foolish 9 I shulde haue bene dumme and not haue opened my mouthe because thou didest it 10 Take thy plague away from me for I am consumed by the stroke of thine hand 11 When thou with rebukes doest chastise man for iniquitie thou as a moth makest his beautie to consume surely euerie man is vanitie Sélah 12 Heare my praier ô Lord and hearken vnto my crye kepe not silence at my teares for I am a stranger with thee and a soiourner as all my fathers 13 Stay thine angre from me that I maye recouer my strength before I go hence be not PSAL. XL. 1 Dauid deliuered from great danger doeth magnifie and praise the grace of God for his deliuerance and commēdeth his prouidence towards all mankind 5 Thē doeth he promise to giue him self wholly to Gods seruice and so declareth how God is truely worshiped 14 Afterward he giueth thankes and praiseth God and hauing cōplarned of his enemies with good courage he calleth foraide and succour ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Waited paciently for the Lord and he inclined vnto me and heard my crye 2 He broght me also out of the horrible pit out of the myrie claie and set my fete vpon the rocke and ordered my goings 3 And he hath put in my mouth a new song of praise vnto our God manie shal se it and feare and shal trust in the Lord. 4 Blessed is the mā that maketh the Lord his trust and regardeth not the proude nor suche as turne aside to lies 5 O Lord my God thou hast made thy wonderfull workes so manie that none can counte in ordre to thee thy thoghts to ward vs I wolde declare and speake of thē but thei are mo then I am able to expresse 6 Sacrifice and offring thou didest not desire for mine eares hast thou prepared burnt offring and sin offring hast thou not required 7 Then said I Lo I come for in the rolle of the boke it is writen of me 8 I desired to do thy good wil ô my GOD yea thy Law is within mine heart 9 I haue declared thy righteousnes in the great Congregation lo I wil not refreine my lippes ô Lord thou knowest 10 I haue not hid thy ryghteousnes within mine heart but I haue declared thy trueth and thy saluation I haue not cōceiled thy mercie and thy trueth from the great Cōgregation 11 Withdrawe not thou thy tendre mercye frome me ô Lord let thy mercie and thy trueth alway preserue me 12 For innumerable troubles haue compassed me my sinnes haue taken suche holde vpō me that I am not able to loke vp yea thei are mo in nomber then thee heere 's of mine head therefore mine heart hath failed me 13 Let it please thee ô Lord to deliuer me make haste ô Lord to helpe me 14 Let them be confounded put to shame together that seke my soule to destroye it let them be driuen backewarde and put to rebuke that desire mine hurt 15 Let them be destroyed for a rewarde of theyr shame whiche saye vnto me Aha aha 16 Let all them that seke thee reioyce and be glad in thee and let them that loue thy saluation saye alwaye The Lord be praised 17 Thogh I be poore and nedie the LORD thinketh on me thou art mine helper and my deliuerer my God make no tarying PLAL XLI 1 Dauid being grieuously 〈◊〉 blesseth them that pitie his case 9 And complaineth of the treason of hys owne friendes and familiares as came to passe in Iudas Iohn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 After he feling the greate mercies of GOD gentlye 〈◊〉 hym and not sufferynge hys ennemies to triumphe against him 13 Giueth moste heartie thankes vnto God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 BLessed is he that iudgeth wisely of the poore the Lord shal deliuer him in the time of trouble 2 The Lord wil kepe him and preserue him aliue he shal be blessed vpon the earth and thou wilt not deliuer him vnto the wyll of his enemies 3 The Lord will strengthen him vpon the bed of sorowe thou haste turned all hys bed in his sickenes 4 Therefore I said Lord haue mercie vpon me healemy soule for I haue sinned against thee 5 Mine enemies speak euil of me saying When shal he dye and his name perish 6 And if he come to se me he speaketh lies but his hearte heapeth iniquitie within him and when he cometh sorthe he telleth it 7 All they that hate me whisper together against me euen against me do they imagine mine hurt 8 A mischief is light vpon him and he that lieth shal no more rise 9 Yea my familiar friend whome I trusted which did eat of my bread hathe lifted vp the hele against me 10 Therefore O Lord haue mercie vpon me and raise me vp so I shal rewarde them 11 By this I knowe that thou fauorest me because mine enemie doeth not triumphe against me 12 And as for me thou vp holdest me in mine integritie and doest set me before thy face for euer 13 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél worlde without end So be it euen so be it PSAL. XLII 1 The Propher grieuously complaineth that beinge letted by his persecutors he colde not be present in the Congregaciō of Gods people protesting that althogh he was separated in bodie from thē yet his heart was thither warde affectioned 7 And last of all he sheweth that he was not so farre ouercome with these sorowes and thoghts 8 But that he continually put his confidence in the Lord. ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme to giue instructiō cōmitted to the sonnes of Kōrah 1 AS the hart braieth for the riuers of water so panteth my soule after thee O God 2 My soule thirsteth for God euen for the liuing God when shall I come and appeare before the presence of God 3 My teares haue bene my meate daye and night while they daily say vnto me Where is thy God 4 When I remembred these things I powred out my verie heart because I had gone with the multitude led them in to the House of God with the voice of singīg praise as a multitude the kepeth a feast 5 Why art thou cast downe my soule vnquiet within
accept the sacrifices of righteousnes euen the burnt offring and oblation then shal they offer calues vpon thine altar PSAL. LII 1 Dauid describeth the arrogant tyrannic of his aduersaric Doeg who by false surmises caused Ahimeléch with the rest of the Priests to he stayne 5 Dauid prophecieth his destruction 6 And incourageth the faithful to put their confidence in God whose iudgements are moste sharpe against his aduersaries 9 And finally he rendreth thankes to God for his deliuerance In this Psalme is liuely set forthe the kingdome of Antichrist ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When Doeg the Edomite came and shewed Saúl said to him Dauid is come to the house of Ahimeléch 1 WHy boastest thou thy self in thy wickednes ô man of power the lo uing kindnes of God indureth daily 2 Thy tongue imagineth mischief and is like a sharpe rasor that cutteth deceitfully 3 Thou doest loue euil more then good and lies more thē to spake the trueth Sélah 4 Thou louest all wordes that maye destroye ô deceitful tongue 5 So shal God destroye thee for euer he shal take thee and plucke thee out of thy tabernacle rote thee out of the land of the liuing Sélah 6 The righteous also shal se it and feare and shall aught at him saying 7 Beholde the man that toke not God for his strength but trusted vnto the multitude of his riches and put his strength in his malice 8 But I shal be like a grene oliue tre in the house of God for I trusted in the mercie of God for euer and euer 9 I wil alway praise thee for that thou hast done this and I wil hope in thy Name because it is good before thy Saints PSAL. LIII 1 He describeth the crooked nature 4 The crueltie 5 And punishment of the wicked when they loke not for it 6 And desireth the deliuerance of godlie that they maie reioyce together ¶ To him that excelleth on Mahaláth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 THe soole hathe said in his heart There is no God they haue corrupted and done abominable wickednes there is none that doeth good 2 God loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men to se if there were anie that wolde vnderstand and c seke God 3 * Euerie one is gone backe they are alto gether corrupt there is none that doeth good no not one 4 Do not the d workers of iniquitie know that they eat vp my people as they eat bread they call not vpon God 5 There they were afraied for feare where no feare was for God hathe scatered the bones of him that besieged thee thou hast put them to confusion because God hathe cast them of 6 Oh giue saluacion vnto Israél out of Zion when God turneth the captiuitie of his peo ple then Ia aôkb shal reioyce and Israél shal be glad PSAL. LIIII 1 Dauid broght into great danger by the reason of the Zi phims 5 Called vpon the Name of God to destroye his enemies 6 Promising sacrificate and fre offrings for so great deliuerance ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When the Ziphims came and said vnto Saúl Is not Da uid hid among vs 1 SAue me ô God by thy Name and by thy power iudge me 2 O God heare my prayer hearken vnto the wordes of my mouth 3 For strangers are risen vp against me tyrants seke my soule they haue not set God before them Sélah 4 Beholde God is mine helper the Lord is with them that vp holde my soule 5 He shal reward euil vnto mine enemies oh cut them of in thy trueth 6 Then I wil sacrifice frely vnto thee I wil praise thy Name ô lord because it is good 7 For he hathe deliuered me out of all trouble and mine eye hathe sene my desire vpon mine enemies PSAL. LV. 1 Dauid being ingreat heauines and distresse complaineth of the crueltie of Saúl 13 And of the falsehode of his familiar acquaintance 17 Vttering moste ardent affectiōs to moue the Lord to pitie him 22 After being assured of deliuerance he setteth forthe the grace of God as thogh he had already obteined his request ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 HEare my prayer ô God and hide not thy self from my supplication 2 Hearken vnto me answer me I mourne in my prayer and make a noise 3 For the voyce of the enemie and for the vexation of the wicked because they haue broght iniquitie vpon me and furiously hate me 4 Mine heart trembleth within in me the terrors of death are fallen vpon me 5 Feare and trembling are come vpon me an horrible feare hathe couered me 6 And I said Oh that I had wings like a dooue then wold I flie away and rest 7 Beholde I wold take my flight farre of lodge in the wildernes Selah 8 He wolde make formy deliuerance from the stormie winde and tempest 9 Destroye o Lord and deuide their tongues for I haue sene crueltie and strife in the citie 10 Daye and night they go about it vpon the walles there of bothe iniquitie and mischief are in the middes of it 11 Wickednes is in the middes thereof deceit guile departe not from her stretes 12 Surely mine enemie did not diffame me for I colde haue borne it nether did mine aduersarie exalt him self against me for I wold haue 〈◊〉 me from him 13 But it was thou ô man euen my companion my guide and my familiar 14 Which delited in consulting together went into the House of God as cōpanions 15 Let death sease vpon them let them go downe quicke into the graue for wicked nes is in their dwelling euen in the mid des of them 16 But I wil call vnto God and the Lord wil saue me 17 Euening and morning and at noone wil I praye and make anoise and he wil hea re my voyce 18 He hathe deliuered my soule in peace frō the battel that was against me for ma nie were with me 19 God shal heare and afflict them euen he that reigneth of olde 〈◊〉 because they haue no chāges therefore they feare not God 20 He layed his hand vpon suche as be at peace with him and he brake his couenant 21 The worde of his mouth were softer thē butter yet warre was in his heart his wor des were more gentle then oyle yet they were swordes 22 Cast thy burden vpon the Lord and he will nourishe thee he will not suffer the righteous to fall for euer 23 And thou o God 〈◊〉 bring them downe into the pit of 〈◊〉 the blooddie deceitful mē shal not liue halfe their
spoile his labour 12 Let there be none to extend mercie vnto him nether let there be anie to shewe mer cie vpon his fatherles children 13 Let his posteritie be destroyed and in the generacion following let their name be put out 14 Let the iniquitie of his fathers be had in remembrance with the Lord and let not the sinne of his mother be done 〈◊〉 15 But let them alway be before the Lord that maie cut of their memorial from the earth 16 Because he remembred not to shewe mer cie but persecuted the afflicted and poore man and the sorowful hearted to slaye him 17 As he loued cursing so shal it come vnto him and as he loued not blessing so shal it be farre from him 18 As he clothed him self with cursing like a raiment so shal it come into his bowels like water and like oyle into his bones 16 Let it be vnto him as a garment to couer him and for a girdle wherewith he shal be alwaie girded 20 Let this be the rewarde of mine aduersarie from the Lord and of them that speake euil against my soule 21 But thou ó Lord my God deale with me according vnto thy Name deliuerme for thy mercie is good 22 Because I am poore and nedie and mine heart is wounded within me 23 I departe like the shadowe that 〈◊〉 am shaken of as the grashoper 24 My knees are weake through fasting my flesh hathe lost all fatnes 25 I became also a rebuke vnto them they that loked vpon me shaked their heads 26 Helpe me ô Lord my God saue me according to thy mercie 27 And they shal knowe that this is thine hand and that thou Lord hast done it 28 Thogh they curse yet thou wilt blesse they shal arise and be confounded but thy seruant shal reioyce 29 Let mine a duersaries be clothed with shame and let thē couer thē selues with their confusion as with a cloke 30 I wil giue thankes vnto the Lord greatly with my mouthe and praise him among the multitude 31 For he wil stand at the right of the poore to saue him from them that wolde condēne his soule PSAL CX 1 Dauid prophecieth of the power and euerlasting kingdo me giuen to Christ. 4. And of his Priesthode which shuld put an end to the Priesthode of Leui. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord said vnto my Lord Sit thou at my right hād vntil I make thine ene mies thy fotestole 2 The Lord shal send the rod of thy power out of Zion be thou ruler in the middes of thine enemies 3 The people shal come willingly at the ti me of assembling thine armie in holie beautie the youth of thy wombe shal be as the morning dewe 4 The Lord sware and wil not repent Thou art a Priests for euer after the ordre of Melchi-zédek 5 The Lord that is at thy right hand shal wounde Kings in the daie of his wrath 6 He shal be Iudge among the heathen he shal fil 〈◊〉 with death bodies smite the head ouer great countreis 7 He shal drinke of the brooke in the waie therefore shal be lift vp his head PSAL. CXI 1 He giueth to the Lord for his merciful workes toward his Church to And declareth wherein true wisdome right knowledge consisteth ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 I Wil praise the LORD with my whole heard in the assemblie and Congregaciō of the iust 2 The workes of the Lord are great and ought to be soght out of all thē that loue them 3 His worke is beautiful and glorious and his right cousnes endureth sor euer 4 He hathe made his wonderful workes to be had in remembrance the Lord is merci ful and ful of compassion 5 He hathe giuen a portion vnto thē that feare him he wil euer be mindeful of his couenant 6 He hatheshewed to his peoples the power of is workes in giuing vnto them the heritage of the heathen 7 The workes of his hands are trueth and iudgement all statutes are true 8 Thei are stablished for euer euer and are done in trueth and equitie 9 He sent redemption vnto his people he hathe 〈◊〉 his couenant for euer holie and feareful is his Name 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord all they that obserue them haue good vnderstanding his praise endu reth for euer PSAL. CXII 1 He praiseth the felicitie of them that feare God 〈◊〉 And condemneth the cursed state of the contemners of God ¶ Praiseye the Lord. 1 BLessed is the man that feareth the Lord deliteth greatly in his commandements 2 His sede shal be mightie vpon earth the generaciō of the righteous shal be blessed 3 Riches and treasures shal be is his house and his righteousnes endureth for euer 4 Vnto the righteous ariseth light in darknes he is merciful and ful of compassiō and righteous 5 A good man is merciful and lendeth and wil measure his affaires by iudgemēt 6 Surely he shal neuer be moued but the righteous shal be had in euerlasting remēbrance 7 He wil not be afraid of euil tidings for his heart is fixed and beleueth in-the Lord 8 His heart is stablished therefore he wil not feare vntil he se his desire vpon his enemies 9 He hathe distributed and giuen to the poore his righteousnes remaineth for euer his horne shal be exalted with glorie 10 The wicked shal se it and be angrie he shal gnash with his teeth and consume awaie the desire of the wicked shal perish PSAL. CXIII 1 An exhortation to praise the Lord for his prouidence 7 In that 〈◊〉 contrarie to the course of nature he worketh in his Church ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ôye seruants of the Lord praise the Name of the Lord. 2 Blessed be the Name of the Lord from hen ce forthe and for euer 3 The Lords Name is praised from the rising of the sunne vnto the going downe of the same 4 The Lord is high aboue all nacions and his glorie aboue the heauens 5 Who is like vnto the Lord our God that hathe his dwelling on high 6 Who abaseth him self to beholde things in the heauen and in the earth 7 He raiseth the nedie out of the dust lifteth vp the poore out of the dung 8 That he maie set him with the princes euen with the princes of his people 9 He maketh the baren womā to dwell with a familie and a ioyful mother of children Praise ye the Lord PSAL. CXIIII 1 How the Israelites were deliuered forthe of Egypt of the wonderful miracles that God wroght at that time which put' vs in remembrance of Gods great mercie toward his Church who when the course of nature failleth preserueth his miraculously 1 WHen * Israél went out of Egypt the house of Iaak ób from
the Lord. 18 The Lord hathe chastened me sore but he hathe not deliuered me to death 19 Open ye vnto me the gates of righteousnes that I maye go in to them and praise the Lord. 20 This is the gate of the Lord the righteous shal entre into it 21 I wil praise thee for thou hast heard me and hast bene my deliuerance 22 * The stone which the buylders refused is the head of the corner 23 This was the Lords doing and it is maruelous in our eyes 24 This is the daye whiche the Lord hathe made let vs reioyce and be glad in it 25 O Lord I praye thee saue now ô Lord I praye thee now giue prosperitie 26 Blessed be he that cometh in the Name of the Lord we haue blessed you out of the house of the Lord. 27 The Lord is mightie and hathe giuen vs light binde the sacrifice with cordes vnto the hornes of the altar 28 Thou art my God I wil praise thee euē my God therefore I wil exalt thee 29 Praise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXIX 1 The Prophet exhorteth the children of God to frame their liues according to his holie worde 12 Also he sheweth wherein the true seruice of God standeth that is whē we serue him according to his worde not after our one fantasies ALEPH. 1 BLessed are those that are vpright in their waye and walke in the Lawe of the Lord. 2 Blessed are they that kepe his testimonies and seke him with their whole heart 3 Surely they worke none iniquitie that walke in his wayes 4 Thou hast commanded to kepe thy precepts diligently 5 Oh that my wayes were directed to kepe thy statutes 6 Then shulde I not be confounded when I haue respect vnto all thy commandements 7 I wil praise thee with an vpright heart when I shal learne the iudgements of thy righteousnes 8 I wil kepe thy statutes for sake me not ouer long BETH 9 Where with shal a yong man redresse his waye in taking hede thereto according to thy worde 10 With my whole heart haue I soght thee let me not wander from thy commandements 11 I haue hid thy promes in mine heart that I might not sinne against thee 12 Blessed art thou ô Lord teache me thy statu tes 13 With my lippes haue I declared all the iudgements of thy mouth 14 I haue had as great delite in the waie of thy testimonies as in all riches 15 I wil meditate in thy precepts and consider thy wayes 16 I wil delite in thy statutes and I wil not for get thy worde GIMEL 17 Be benificial vnto thy seruant that I maye liue and kepe thy worde 18 Open mine eyes that I may se the wonders of thy Law 19 I am a stranger vpon earth hide not thy commandements from me 20 Mine heart breaketh for thy desire to thy iudgements alwaie 21 Thou hast destroied the proude cursed are they that do erre from thy commandement 22 Remoue from me shame and contempt for I haue kept thy testimonies 23 Princes also did sit ād speake against me but thy seruant did meditate in thy statutes 24 Also thy testimonies are my delite ād my counselers DALETH 25 My soule cleaueth to the dust quicken me according to thy worde 26 I haue declared my waies and thou heardest me teache me thy statutes 27 Make me to vnderstand the waie of thy pre cepts and I wil meditate in the wonderous workes 28 My soule melteth for heauines raise me vp according vnto thy worde 29 Take from me the 〈◊〉 waie of lying and grant me graciously thy Law 30 I haue chosen the waie of trueth and thy iudgements haue I laied before me 31 I haue cleaued to thy testimonies ô Lord confounde me not 32 I wil runne the waie of thy cōmandements when thou shalt enlarge mine heart HE. 33 Teache me ô Lorde the waie of thy statutes and I wil kepe it vnto the end 34 Giue me vnderstanding and I wil kepe thy Law yea I wil kepe it with my whole heart 35 Direct me in the path of thy commandements for therein is my delite 36 Incline myne heart vnto thy testimonies and not to couetousnes 37 Turne awaie mine eyes from regarding va nitie and quicken me in thy waie 38 Stablish thy promes to thy seruant because he feareth thee 39 Take awaie my rebuke that I feare for thy iudgements are good 40 Beholde I desire thy commaundements quicken me in thy righteousnes VAV 41 And let thy louyng kindenes come vnto me o Lord and thy saluacion according to thy promes 42 So shal I make answere vnto my blasphemers for I trust in thy worde 43 And take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth for I wait for thy iudgements 44 So shall I alwaie kepe thy Lawe for euer and euer 45 And I wil walke at libertie for I seke thy precepts 46 I will speake also of thy testimonie before Kings and wil not be ashamed 47 And my delite shal be in thy commandements which I haue loued 48 Mine hands also wil I lift vp vnto thy commandements whiche I haue loued and I will meditate in thy statutes ZAIN 49 Remembre the promes made to thy seruant wherein thou hast caused me to trust 50 It is my comfort in my trouble for thy promes hathe quickened me 51 The proud haue had me excedingly in deri sion yet haue I not declined from thy Law 52 I remembred thy iudgementes of olde o Lord and haue bene comforted 53 Feare is come vpō me for the wicked that forsake thy Law 54 Thy statutes haue bene my songs in thy hou se of my pilgrimage 55 I haue remembred thy Name o Lord in the night and haue kept thy Law 56 This I had because I kept thy precepts CHETH 57 O Lord that art my porcion I haue deter mined to kepe thy wordes 58 I made my supplicatiō in thy presence with my whole heart be merciful vnto me accor ding to thy promes 59 I haue considered my waies ād turned my fete into thy testimonies 60 I made haste and delayed not to kepe thy commandements 61 The bands of the wicked haue robbed me but I haue not forgotten thy Law 62 At midnight wil I rise to giue thankes vnto thee because of thy righteous iudgements 63 I am companiō of all them that 〈◊〉 thee and kepe thy precepts 64 The earth o Lord is full of thy mercie teache me thy statutes TETH 65 O Lord thou hast delt graciously with thy seruant according vnto thy worde 66 Teache me good iudgemēt and knowledge for I haue beleued thy commandements 67 Before I was afflicted I went astraye but now I kepe
thy worde 68 Thou art good and gracious teache me thy statutes 69 The proude haue imagined a lie against me but I wil kepe thy precepts with my whole heart 70 Their heart is fat as grease but my delite is in thy Law 71 It is good for me that I haue afflicted that I maie learne thy statutes 72 The Lawe of thy mouth is better vnto me then thousands of golde and siluer IOD 73 Thine hands haue made me and facioned me giue me vnderstanding therefore that I maie learne thy commandements 74 So they that feare thee seing me shal reioyce because I haue trusted in thy worde 75 I knowe o Lord that thy iudgements are right ād that thou hast afflicted me iustly 76 I praie thee that thy mercie maye comfort me according to thy promes vnto thy seruāt 77 Let thy tender mercies come vnto me that I maie liue for thy Law is my delite 78 Let the proude be ashamed for they haue dealt wickedly and falsely with me but I meditate in thy precepts 79 Let suche as feare thee turne vnto me and they that knowe thy testimonies 80 Let mine heart he vpright in thy statutes that I be not ashamed CAPH 81 My soule fainteth for thy saluacion yet I waite for thy worde 82 Mine eyes faile for thy promes sayinge When wilt thou comfort me 83 For I am like a bottel in the smoke yet do I not forget thy statutes 84 How manie are the daies of thy seruaunt when wilt thou execute iudgement on them that persecute me 85 The proude haue digged pits for me whiche is not after thy Law 86 Althy commandements are true they per secute me falsely helpe me 87 They had almost consumed me vpon the earth but I forsoke not thy precepts 88 Quicken me accordyng to thy 〈◊〉 kindenes so shall kepe the testimonie of thy mouth LAMED 89 O Lorde thy worde endureth for euer in heauen 90 Thy trueth is from generacion to genera racion thou hast laied the fundacion of the earth and it abideth 91 They continue euen to this daie by thine ordinances for all are thy seruants 92 Except thy Law had bene my delite I shuld now haue perished in mine affliction 93 I wil neuer forget thy precepts for by them thou hast quickened me 94 I am thine saue me for I haue soght thy precepts 95 The wicked haue waited for me to destroye me but I wil consider thy testimonies 96 I haue sene an end of all perfection but thy commandement is exceding large MEM. 97 Oh how loue I thy Lawe it is my meditacion continually 98 By thy commaundements thou hast made me wiser then mine enemies for they are euer with me 99 I haue had more vnderstandyng then all my teachers for thy testimonies are my me ditacion 100 I vnderstode more then the ancient because I kept thy precepts 101 I haue refrained my fete from euerie euill way that I might kepe thy worde 102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements for thou didest teache me 103 Howe swete are thy promises vnto my mouthe yea more then honie vnto my mouth 104 By thy preceptes I haue gotten vnderstandyng therefore I hate all the wayes of falsehode NVN. 105 Thy worde is a lanterne vnto my fete and a light vnto my path 106 I haue sworne and wil performe it that I wil kepe thy righteous iudgements 107 I am verie sore afflicted o Lorde quicken me according to thy worde 108 O Lorde I beseche thee accept the fre offrings of my mouthe and teache me thy iudgements 109 My soule is continually in mine hand yet do I not forget thy Law 110 The wicked haue layed a snare for me but I swarued not from thy precepts 111 Thy testimonies haue I taken as an heritage for euer for they are the ioye of mine heart 112 I haue applied mine heart to fulfil thy statutes alwaye euen vnto the end SAMECH 113 I hate vaine inuentions but thy Lawe do I loue 114 Thou art my refuge and shield and I trust in thy worde 115 A waie from me ye wicked for I wil kepe the commandements of my God 116 Stablishe me accordynge to thy promes that 〈◊〉 maye liue and disapoint me not of mine hope 117 Stay thou me and I shal be safe and I will delite continually in thy statutes 118 Thou hast troden downe all them that departe frome thy statutes for their deceit is vaine 119 Thou hast taken awaye all the wicked of the earth like drosse therefore I loue thy testimonies 120 My flesh trembleth for feare of thee and I am afraied of thy iudgements AIN 121 I haue executed iudgemēt and iustice leaue me not to mine oppressours 122 Answer for thy seruant in that whiche is good ād let not the proude oppresse me 123 Mine eyes haue failed in waiting for thy saluacion and for thy iuste promes 124 Deale with thy seruant according to thy mercie and teache me thy statutes 125 I am thy seruaunt grante me therfore vnderstandynge that I maye knowe thy testimonies 126 It is time for the Lord to worke for they haue destroyed thy Law 127 Therefore loue I thy cōmandemēts aboue golde 〈◊〉 aboue moste fine golde 128 Therefore I esteme all thy precepts moste iuste and hate all false waies PE. 129 Thy testimonies 〈◊〉 wōderful therefore doeth my soule kepe them 130 The entrance into thy wordes sheweth light and giueth vnderstanding to the simple 131 I opened my mouth and panted because I loued thy commandements 132 Loke vpon me and be merciful vnto me as thou vsest to do vnto those that loue thy Name 133 Direct my steppes in thy worde and let no ne iniquitie haue dominion ouer me 134 Deliuer me from the oppression of men I wil kepe thy precepts 135 Shewe the light of thy countenance vpon thy seruant and teache me thy statutes 136 Mine eyes gush out with riuers of water because they kepe not thy Law STADDI 137 Righteous art thou ô Lord and iuste are thy iudgements 138 Thou hast commanded iustice by thy testimonies and trueth especially 139 * My zeale hathe euen cōsumed me becau se mine enemies haue forgoten thy wordes 140 Thy worde is proued moste pure ād thy seruant loueth it 141 I am smale and despised yet do I not for get thy precepts 142 Thy righteousnes is an euerlasting righteousnes and thy Law is trueth 143 Trouble and anguishe are come vpon me yet are thy commandements my delite 144 The righteousnes of thy testimonies is euerlasting grante me vnderstanding and I shal liue KOPH 145 I haue cryed with my whole heart he are me ô Lord and I wil kepe thy statutes 146 I called vpon thee saue me and I wil kepe thy testimonies 147 I preuented the morning
light and cryed for I waited on thy worde 148 Mine eyes preuent the night watches to meditate in thy worde 149 Heare my voice according to thy louing kindenes ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgement 150 They drawe nere that followe after malice and are farre from thy Law 151 Thou art nere ô Lord for all thy commande ments are true 152 I haue knowen long since by thy testimo nies that thou hast established them for euer RESH 153 Beholde mine afflictiō and deliuer me for I haue not forgotten thy Law 154 Pleade my cause and deliuer me quicken me according vnto thy worde 155 Saluacion is farre from the wicked becau se they seke not thy statutes 156 Great are thy tender mercies ô Lord quicken me according to thy iudgements 157 My persecutours and mine oppressours are manie yet do I not 〈◊〉 from thy te stimonies 158 I sawe the transgressours and was grieued because they kept not thy worde 159 Consider ô Lord how I loue thy precepts quicken me according to thy louing kindenes 160 The beginning of thy worde is trueth and all the iudgements of thy righteousnes endure for euer SCHIN 161 Princes haue persecuted me without cause but mine heart stode in awe of thy wordes 162 I reioyce at thy worde as one that findeth a great spoile 163 I hate falsehode and abhorre it but thy Lawe do I loue 164 Seuen times a daie do I praise thee because of thy righteous iudgements 165 They that loue thy Law shal haue great prosperitie and they shal haue none hurt 166 Lord haue trusted in thy saluacion and haue done thy commandements 167 My soule hathe kept thy testimonies for I loue them excedingly 168 I haue kept thy precepts and thy testimonies for all my waies are before thee TAV 169 Let my cōplaint come before thee ô Lord and giue me vnderstanding according vn to thy worde 170 Let my supplicatiō come before thee deliuer me according to thy promes 171 My lippes shal speake praise when thou hast taught me thy statutes 172 My tongue shal in treate of thy worde for all thy commandements are righteous 173 Let thine hand helpe me for I haue chosen thy precepts 174 I haue longed for thy saluacion ô Lord thy Law is my delite 175 Let my soule liue and it shal praise thee and thy iudgements shal helpe me 176 I haue gone astraye like a lost shepe seke thy seruant for i do not forget thy commandements PSAL. CXX 1 The prayer of Dauid being vexed by the false reportes of Sauls flatterers 5 And therefore he lamenteth his long abode among those infideles 7 who were giuen to all kinde of wickednes and contention ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Called vnto the Lord in my trouble and he heard me 2 Deliuer my soule ô Lord from lying lippes and from a deceitful tongue 3 What doeth thy deceitful tongue bring vnto thee or what doeth it auaile thee 4 It is as the sharpe arrowes of a mightie man and as the coles of iuniper 5 Wo is to me that I remaine in Méshech dwell in the tentes of Kedár 6 My 〈◊〉 hathe to long dwelt with him that hateth peace 7 I seke peace and whē I speake thereof they are bent to warre PSAL. CXXI 2 This Psalme teacheth that the faithful ought onely to loke for helpe at God 7 VVho onely doeth mainteine preserue and prosper his Church ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Wil lift mine eyes vnto the mountaines from whence mine helpe shal come 2 Mine helpe commeth frō the Lord which hathe made the heauen and the earth 3 He wil not suffer thy fore to slippe for he that kepeth thee wil not slumber 4 Beholde he that kepeth Israél wil nether slumber nor slepe 5 The Lord is thy keper the Lord is thy shadowe at thy right hand 6 The sunne shal not smite thee by daie nor the moone by night 7 The Lord shal preserue thee from all euil he shal kepe thy soule 8 The Lord shal preserue thy going out and thy 〈◊〉 in from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXII 1 Dauid reioyceth in the name of the faithful that God hathe accomplished his promes and placed his Arke in Zión 5 For the which he giueth thankes 8 And praieth for the prosperitie of the Church ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 I Reioyced when they said to me We wil go into the house of the Lord. 2 Our fete shal stand in thy gates ô Ierusalém 3 Ierusalém is buylded as a citie that is compact together in it self 4 Whereunto the tribes euen the tribes of the Lord go vp according to the testimonie to Israél to praise the Name of the Lord. 5 For there are thrones set for iudgement euen the thrones of the house of Dauid 6 Praise for the peace of Ierusalém let thē pro sper that loue thee 7 Peace be within thy walles and prosperitie within thy palaces 8 For my brethren and neighbours sakes I wil wish thee now prosperitie 9 Because of the House of the Lord our God I wil procure thy welth PSAL. CXXIII 1 A praier of the faithful which were afflicted ether in Babylō or vnder Antiochus by the wicked worldelings and contemners of God ¶ A song of degrees 1 I Lift vp mine eyes to thee that dwellest in the heauens 2 Beholde as the eyes of seruants loke vnto the hand of their masters and as the eyes of a maiden vnto the hād of her mastres so our eyes waite vpon the Lord our God vntil he haue mercie vpon vs. 3 Haue mercie vpon vs ô Lord haue mercie vpon vs for we haue suffred to muche contempt 4 Our soule is filled to ful of the mocking of the welthie and of the despitefulnes of the proude PSAL. CXXIIII 2 The people of God escaping a great peril do acknowledge them selues to be deliuered not by their owne force but by the power of God 4 They declare the greatnes of the peril 6 And praise the Name of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 IF the Lord had not bene on our side maie Israél now say 2 If the Lord had not bene on our side when men rose vp against vs 3 They had then swallowed vs vp quicke when their wrath was kindled against vs. 4 Then the waters had drowned vs and the streame had gone ouer our soule 5 Then had the swelling waters gone ouer our soule 6 Praised be the Lord which hathe not giuē vs as a praye vnto their teeth 7 Our soule is escaped euen as a birde out of the snare of the foulers the snare is broken and we are deliuered 8 Our helpe is in the Name of the Lord which hathe made heauen and earth PSAL. CXXV
1 He describeth the 〈◊〉 of the faithful in their afflictions 4 And desireth their welth 5 And the destructiō of the wicked ¶ A song of degrees 1 THei that trust in the Lord shal be as mount Ziôn which can not be remoued but remaineth foreuer 2 As the mountaines are about Ierusalém so 〈◊〉 the Lord about his people from hence for the and for euer 3 For the rod of the wicked shal not rest on the lot of the righteous lest the righteous put forthe their hand vnto wickednes 4 Do wel ô Lord vnto those that be good true in their hearts 5 c But these that turne aside by their croked waies them shal the Lord leade with the workers of iniquitie but peace shal be vpon Israél PSAL. CXXVI 1 This Psalme was made after the returne of the people frō Babylon and sheweth that the meane of their 〈◊〉 was wonderful after the seuentie yeres of captiuitie 〈◊〉 respoken by Ieremie chap. 25 12. and 29. 10. ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 WHen the Lord broght againe the captiuitie of Zión we were like them that dreame 2 Then was our mouth filled with laughter and our tongue with ioye then said they among the heathen The Lord hathe done great things for them 3 The Lord hathe done great things for vs whereof we reioyce 4 O Lord bring againe our captiuitie as the riuers in the South 5 They that sowe in teares shal reape in ioye 6 They went weping and caried precious sede but they shal returne with ioye and bring their sheaues PSAL. CXXVII 1 He sheweth that the whole estate of the worlde both do mestical and political standeth by Gods mere prouidence and blessing 3 And that to haue children wel nurtred is an especial grace and gift of God ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Salomón 1 EXcept the Lord buylde the house they labour in vaine that buylde it except the Lord kepe the citie the keper watcheth in vaine 2 It is in vaine for you to rise early to lye downe late and eat the bread of sorow but he wil surely giue rest to his beloued 3 Beholde children are the inheritance of the Lord and the frute of the wombe his rewarde 4 As are the arrowes in the hand of the strōg man so are the children of youth 5 Blessed is the man that hathe his quiuerful of them for they shal not be ashamed when they spake with their enemies in the gate PSAL. CXXVIII 1 He sheweth that blessednes apperteineth not to all vniuersally but to them onely that feare the Lord and walke in his wayes ¶ A sing of degrees 1 BLessed is euerie one that feareth the Lord and walketh in his wayes 2 When thou eatest the labours of thine hāds thou shalt be blessed and it shal be wel with thee 3 Thy wife shal be as the fruteful vine on the sides of thine house and thy children the oliue plants round about thy table 4 Lo surely thus shal the man be blessed that feareth the Lord. 5 The Lord out of Zión shal blesse thee and thou shalt se the welth of Ierusalém all the dayes of thy life 6 Yea thou shalt se thy childrens childrē peace vpon Israél PSAL. CXXIX 1 He admonisheth the Church to reioyce thogh it be affli cted 4 〈◊〉 by the righteous Lord it shal be deliuered 6 And the enemies for all their glorious shewe shal sudden ly be destroyed ¶ A song of degrees 1 THey haue often times afflicted me from my youth may Israél now say 2 They haue often times afflicted me from my youth but they colde not preuaile against me 3 The plowers plowed vpon my backe and made long forowes 4 But the righteous Lord hathe cut the cor des of the wicked 5 They that hate Zion shal be all ashamed and turned backwarde 6 They shal be as the grasse on the house top pes which withereth afore it cōmeth forthe 7 Whereof the mower filleth not his hand ne ther the glainer his lap 8 Nether they whiche go by say The blessing of the Lord be vpon you or We bles se you in the Name of the Lord. PSAL. CXXX 1 The people of God from their bottomles miseries do crie vnto God and are heard 3 They confesse their sinnes flee vnto Gods mercie ¶ A song of degrees 1 OVt of the depe places haue I called vnto thee ô Lord. 2 Lord heare my voyce let thine eares attend to the voice of my prayers 3 If thou ô Lord straitly markest iniquities o Lord who shal stand 4 But mercie is with thee that thou maiest be feared 5 I haue waited on the Lord my soule hathe waited and I haue trusted in his worde 6 My soule waiteth on the Lord more thē the morning watche watcheth for the morning 7 Let Israél waite on the Lord for with the Lord is mercie and with him is great redemption 8 And he shal redeme Israél from all his iniqui ties PSAL. CXXXI 1 Dauid charged with ambitiō and gredie desire to reigne protesteth his humilitie modestie before God and teacheth all men what they shulde do ¶ A song of degrees or Psalme of Dauid 1 LOrd mine heart is not hawtie nether are mine eyes 〈◊〉 nether haue I walked in great matters and hid from me 2 Surely I haue behaued my self like one wained from his mother and kept silence I am in my self as one that is wained 3 Let Israél waite on the Lord from hence forthe and for euer PSAL. CXXXII 1 The faithful grounding on Gods promes made vnto Da uid desire that he wolde establish the same bothe as touching his posteritie and the buylding of the Temple to praye there as was fore spoken Deut. 12 5. ¶ A song of degrees 1 LOrd remēber Dauid with all his afflictiō 2 Who sware vnto the Lord vowed vnto the mightie God of Iaakób saying 3 I wil not enter into the tabernacle of mine house not come vpon my palet or bed 4 Nor suffer mine eyes to slepe nor mine eye lids to slumber 5 Vntil I fiade out a place for the Lord an ha bitacion for the mightie God of Iaakób 6 Lo we heard of it in Ephráthah found it in the fields of the forest 7 We wil entre into his Tabernacles and worship before his fotestole 8 Arise ô Lord to come into thy rest thou and the Arke of thy strength 9 Let thy Priests be clothed with righteousnes and let thy Saintes reioyce 10 For thy seruant Dauids sake refuse not the face of thine Anointed 11 The Lord hathe sworne in trueth vnto Dauid and he wil not shrinke from it saying Of the frute of thy bodie wil I set vpon thy throne 12 If thy sonnes kepe my couenant and my te stimonies that
the strange woman euen from the stranger whiche flattereth with her wordes 17 Which for saketh the guide of her youth and forgetteth the couenant of her God 18 Surely her house tendeth to death and her paths vnto the dead 19 All thei that go vnto her returne not againe nether take they holde of the waies of life 20 Therfore walke thou in the waie of good men and kepe the waies of the righteous 21 For the iust shall dwell in the land the vpright men shal remaine in it 22 But the wicked shal be cut of frō the earth the transgressers shal be rooted out of it CHAP. III. 1 The worde of God giueth life 5 Trustin God 7 Feare him 9 Honour him 11 Suffre his correction 22 To thē that followe the worde of God all thinges shall succede well 1 MY sonne forget not thou my law but let thine heart kepe my cōmādemēts 2 For thei shal increase the length of thy daies the yers of life thy prosperitie 3 Let not mercie and trueth for sake thee binde them on thy necke write them vpon the table of thine heart 4 So shalt thou finde fauour good vnderstanding in the sight of God and man 5 ¶ Trust in the Lord with all thine hearte and leane not vnto thine owne wisdome 6 In all thy waies acknowledge him and he shal direct thy waies 7 ¶ Be not wise in thine owne eyes but feare the Lord and departe from euil 8 So health shal be vnto thy nauel and marow vnto thy bones 9 Honour the Lord with thy riches with the first frutes of all thine increase 10 So shal thy barnes be filled with abundāce thy presses shal burst with new wine 11 ¶ My sonne refuse not the chastening of the Lord nether be grieued with his correction 12 * For the Lord correcteth him whome he loueth euen as the father doeth the child in whome he deliteth 13 Blessed is the man that findeth wisdome and the man that getteth vnderstanding 14 For the marchandise thereof is better thē the marchandise of siluer and the gayne thereof is better then golde 15 It is more precious then pearls and all things that thou canst desire are not to be compared vnto her 16 Lēgth of daies is in her right hand in her left hand riches and glorie 17 Her waies are waies of pleasure and all her paths prosperitie 18 She is a tre of life to them that laie holde on her blessed is he that reteineth her 19 The Lord by wisdome hath laied the fūdacion of the earthe and hathe stablished the heauens through vnderstanding 20 By his knowledge the deapths are brokē vp the cloudes droppe downe the dewe 21 My sonne let not the 〈◊〉 thinges depart from thine eies but obserue wisdome counsel 22 So thei shal be life to thy soule and grace vnto thy necke 23 Then shalt thou walke safely by thy waie and thy fote shal not stumble 24 If thou sleapest thou shalt not be afraied whē thou slepest thy slepe shal be swete 25 Thou shalt not feare for anie suddē feare nether for the destructiō of the wicked when it cometh 26 For the Lord shal be for thine assurance shal preserue thy fote from taking 27 ¶ Withholde not the good frome the owners thereof thogh there be power in thine hand to do it 28 Saie not vnto thy neighbour Go come againe and to morowe will I giue thee if thou now haue it 29 ¶ Intēde none hurt against thy neigbour seīg he doeth dwel without feare by thee 30 ¶ Striue not with a man causeles whē he hathe done thee no harme 31 ¶ Be not enuious for the wicked mā nether chuse anie of his waies 32 For the froward is abominaciō vnto the Lord but his secret is with the righteous 33 The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked but he blesseth the habitation of the righteous 34 With the skorneful he skorneth but he giueth grace vnto the humble 35 The wise shal in herite glorie but fooles dishonour thogh they be exalted CHAP. IIII. 1 Wisdome and her frutes ought to be searched 14 The way of the wicked must be refused 20 By the worde of God the heart eyes and course of life must be guided 1 HEare ôye children the instruction of a father and giue eare to learne vnderstanding 2 For I do giue you a good doctrine therefore forsake ye not my law 3 For I was my fathers sonne tender and dere in the sight of my mother 4 When he taught me and said vnto me Let thine heart holde fastmy wordes kepe my commandements and thou shalt liue 5 Get wisdome get vnderstāding forget not nether decline frō the wordes of my mouth 6 Forsake her not and she shall kepe thee loue her and she shal preserue thee 7 Wisdome is the beginning get wisdome therfore and aboue all thy possessiō get vnderstanding 8 Exalt her and she shalt exalt thee she shall bring thee to honour if thou embrace her 9 She shall gyue a comelie ornament vnto thine head yea she shall giue thee a crowne of glorie 10 ¶ Heare my sonne and receiuemy wordes and the yeres of thy life shal be manie 11 I haue taught thee in the waie of wisdome and led thee in the paths of righteousnes 12 Whē thou goest thy gate shal not be strait and when thou runnest thou shalt not fal 13 Take holde of instruction and leaue not kepe her for she is thy life 14 ¶ Entre not into the way of the wicked and walke not in the waie of euil men 15 Auoide it and go not by it turne from it and passe by 16 For thei can not slepe excepte thei haue done euil their slepe departeth except thei cause some to fall 17 For they eat the bread of wickednes drinke the wine of violence 18 But the way of the righteous shineth as the light that shineth more and more vnto the perfite daie 19 The waie of the wicked is as the darkenes they knowe not wherein thei shal fal 20 ¶ My sonne hearkē vnto my wordes encline thine eare vnto my sayings 21 Let thē not departe from thine eies but kepe them in the middes of thine heart 22 Forthei are life vnto those that finde thē and helthe vnto all their flesh 23 Kepe thine heart with all deligence for thereout cometh life 24 Put awaie from thee a frowarde mouth put wicked lippes farre from thee 25 Let thine eyes beholde the right and let thine eyeliddes direct thy way before thee 26 Pondre the path of thy fete and let all thy waies be ordred aright 27 Turne not to the right hande nor to the left but remoue thy fote from euil CHAP. V. 3 Whoredome forbiddé
rightous is as a tre of life and he that winneth soules is wise 31 Beholde the righteous shal be recompēsed in the earth how muche more the wicked and the sinner CHAP. XII 1 HE that loueth instructiō loueth knowledge but he that hateth correctiō is a foole 2 A goodman gatteth fauoure of the Lord but the man of wicked imaginacions wil he condemne 3 A man can not be established by wickednes but the roote of the reighteous shal not be moued 4 A verteous woman is the crowne of her housband but she that maketh him ashamed is as corruption in his bones 5 The thoghts of the iuste are right but the counsels of the wicked are disceitful 6 The talking of the wicked is to lie in wait for blood but the mouth of the righteous wil 〈◊〉 them 7 God ouerthroweth the wicked and they are not but the house of the righteous shal stand 8 A mā shal be commended for his wisdome but the froward of heart shal be despised 9 He that is despised and is his owne seruant is better thē he that boasteth himself and laketh bread 10 A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast but the mercies of the wicked are cruel 11 * He that tilleth his land shal be satisfied with bread but he that followeth the idle is destitute of vnderstanding 12 The wicked desireth the net of euils but the roote of the righteous giueth frute 13 The euil man is 〈◊〉 by the wickednes of his lippes but the iust shal come out of aduersitie 14 A man shal be saciate with good things by the frute of his mouth and the recōpense of a mans hands shal God giue vnto him 15 The way of a foole is right in his owne eyes but he that heareth counsel is wise 16 A foole in a day shal be knowen by his angre but he that couereth shame is wise 17 He that speaketh trueth wil shewe righ teousnes but a false witnes vseth disceit 18 * There is that speaketh wordes like the prickings of a sworde but the tongue of wise men is health 19 The lippe of trueth shal be stable for euer but a lying tongue varieth in continently 20 Disceit is in the heart of them that imagine euil but to the counsellers of peace shal be ioye 21 There shal none iniquitie come to the iuste but the wicked are ful of euil 22 The lying lippes are an abomination to the Lord but they that deale truely are his delite 23 A wise man conceileth knowledge but the heart of the fooles publisheth foolishnes 24 * The hand of the diligent shal be are rule but the idle shal be vnder tribute 25 Heauines in the heart of mā doeth bring it downe but a good worde reioyceth it 26 The righteous is more excellent then his neighbour but the way of the wicked wil disceiue them 27 The disceitful man rosteth not that he toke in hunting but the riches of the diligent man are precious 28 Life is in the way of righteousnes and in that pathway there is no death CHAP. XIII 1 A Wise sonne wil obey the instruction of his father but a skorner wil heare no rebuke 2 A man shal eat good things by the frute of his mouth but the soule of the trespassers shal suffer violence 3 He that kepeth his mouthe kepeth his life but he that 〈◊〉 his lippes destruction shal be to him 4 The sluggarde lusteth but his soule hathe noght but the soule of the diligent shal haue plentie 5 A righteous man hateth lying workes but the wicked causeth sclander and shame 6 Righteousnes preserueth the vpright of life but wickednes ouerthroweth the sinner 7 There is that maketh himself riche and hathe nothing and that maketh himself poore hauing great riches 8 A man wil giue his riches for the raūsome of his life but the poore cānot heare the reproche 9 The light of the righteous reioyceth but the candle of the wicked shal be put out 10 Onely by pride doeth man make contē tion but with the wel aduised is wisdome 11 The riches of vanitie shal diminish but he that gathereth with the hand shal increa se them 12 The hope that is differred is the fainting of the heart but whē the desire commeth it is as a tre of life 13 He that despiseth the worde he shal be de stroyed but he that feareth the commandement he shal be rewarded 14 The instruction of a wise man is as the well spring of life to turne away from the snares of death 15 Good vnderstanding maketh acceptable but the way of the disobedient is hated 16 Euerie wiseman wil worke by knowledge but a foole wil spread abroad follie 17 * A wicked messēger falleth into euil but a faithfull ambassadour is preseruation 18 Pouertie shame is to him that refuseth instruction but he that regardeth correctiō shal be honored 19 A desire accomplished deliteth the soule but it is an abomination to fooles to departe from euil 20 He that walketh with the wise shal be wise but a companiō of fooles shal be afflicted 21 Affliction followeth sinners but vnto the righteous God wil recompense good 22 The good mā shal giue inheritance vnto his childrens children and the riches of the sinner is laied vp for the iuste 23 Muche foode is in the field of the poore but the field is destroyed without discretiō 24 * He that spareth his rod hateth his sōne but he that loueth hī chasteneth hībetime 25 The righteous eateth to the contentatiō of his minde but the bellie of the wicked shal want CHAP. XIIII 1 A Wise woman buyldeth her house but the foolish destroieth it with her owne hands 2 * He that walketh in his righteousnes feareth the Lord but he that is lewde in his waies despiseth him 3 In the mouth of the foolish is the rod of pride but the lippes of the wise preserue them 4 Where none oxen are there the crib is emptie but muche increase cōmeth by the strength of the oxe 5 A faithful witnes wil not lye but a false re corde wil speake lyes 6 A scorne seketh wisdome and findeth it not but knowledge is easie to hī that wil vnderstand 7 Departe frō the foolish mā whé thou percei uest not in him the lippes of knowledge 8 The wisdome of the prudent is to vnderstand his way but the foolishnes of the fooles is desceit 9 The foole maketh a mocke of sinne but among the righteous there is fauour 10 The heart knoweth the bitternes of his soule and the stranger shal not medle with his ioye 11 The house of the wicked shal be destroyed but the tabernacle of the righteous shal florish 12 * There is a way which semeth right to a man but the yssues thereof are the wayes
his owne eyes but the Lord pondereth the hearts 3 * To do iustice and iudgement is more acceptable to the Lord then sacrifice 4 A hautie loke and a proude heart whiche is the light of the wicked is sinne 5 The thoghts of the diligēt do surely bring abundance but whosoeuer is hastie cometh surely to pouertie 6 * The gathering of treasures by a disceitfull tongue is vanitie tossed to and fro of them that seke death 7 The robberie of the wicked shall destroye them for they haue refused to execute iudgement 8 The way of some is peruerted and strange but of the pure man his worke is right 9 * It is better to dwell in a corner of the house toppe then with a contentious woman in a wide house 10 The soule of the wicked wisheth euil and his neighbour hathe no fauour in his eyes 11 When the scorner is punished the foolish is wise and when one instructeth the wise he wil receiue knowledge 12 The ryghteous teacheth the house of the wicked but God ouerthro weth the wicked for their euil 13 He that stoppeth hys eare at the crying of the poore he shal also crie and not be heard 14 A gift in secret pacifieth angre and a gift in the bosome great wrath 15 It is ioye to the iuste to do iudgement but destruction shal be to the workers of iniquitie 16 A man that wandereth out of the waye of wisdome shal remaine in the congregacion of the dead 17 He that loueth pastime shal be a poore man ād he that loueth wine and oyle shall not be riche 18 The wicked shal be a rāsome for the iust and the transgressour for the righteous 19 * It is better to dwel in the wildernes then with a cotentious and angrie woman 20 In the house of the wise is a pleasant treasure and oyle but a foolishe man deuoureth it 21 He that followeth after righteousnes and mercie shal finde life righteousnes glorie 22 A wise man goeth vp into the citie of the mightie and casteth downe the strength of the confidence thereof 23 He that kepeth his mouth and his tongue kepeth his soule from afflictions 24 Proude hautie and scorneful is his name that worketh in his arrogancie wrath 25 The desire of the slouthfull slaieth him for his hands refuse to worke 26 He 〈◊〉 gredely but the righteous giueth and spareth not 27 The * sacrifice of the wicked is an abominacion how muche more when he bringeth it with a wicked minde 28 * A false witnes shal perish but he that he areth speaketh continually 29 A wicked man hardeneth his face but the iuste he wil direct his way 30 There is no wisdome nether vnderstāding nor counsel against the Lord. 31 The horse is prepared againste the daye of battel but 〈◊〉 is of the Lord. CHAP. XXII 1 A * Good name is to be chosē aboue good riches and 〈◊〉 fauour is aboue siluer and aboue golde 2 * The riche and poore mete together the Lord is the maker of them all 3 * A prudent man seeth the plague and hideth him selfe but the foolish go on still and are punished 4 The rewarde of humilitie and the feare of God is riches and glorie and life 5 Thornes and snares are in the way of the fro warde but he that regardeth his soule will 〈◊〉 farre from them 6 Teache a childe in the trade of hys waye and when he is olde he shall not departe from it 7 The riche ruleth the poore and the borower is seruant to the man that lendeth 8 He that soweth iniquitie shall reape affliction and the rodde of his angre shal faile 9 * He that hathe a good eye he shal be blessed for he giueth of his bread vnto the pore 10 Cast out the scorner and strife shall go out so contention and reproche shal cease 11 He that loueth purenes of heart for the gra ce of lips the King shal be his friend 12 The eyes of the Lord preserue knowledge but he ouerthroweth the wordes of the transgressour 13 The slouthfull man saith Alyon is without I shal be slaine in the strete 14 The mouth of strange women is as a depe pit he with whom the Lord is angrie shal fall therein 15 Foolishnes is bounde in the heart of a child but the rodde of correction shal driue it away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16 He that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the poore to increase himself 〈◊〉 giueth vnto the riche shall surely come to pouertie 17 ¶ Incline thine eare and heare the wordes of the wise and applie thine heart vnto my knowledge 18 For it shal be pleasant if thou kepe them in thy bellie if they be directed together in thy lippes 19 That thy confidence may be in the Lord I haue shewed thee this day thou therefore take hede 20 Haue not I written vnto thee thre times in counsele and knowledge 21 That I might shewe thee the assurance of the wordes of trueth to answer the wordes of trueth to them that send to thee 22 Robbe not the poore because he is poore nether oppresse the afflicted in iudgement 23 For the Lord * wil defende their cause and spoile the soule of those that spoile them 24 Make no friendship with an angrieman nether go with the furious man 25 Lest thou learne his wayes and receiue destruction to thy soule 26 Be not thou of them that touche the hand nor among them that are suretie for debts 27 If thou hast nothīg to paie why causest thou that he shuld take thy bed from vnder thee 28 Thou shalt not * remoue the ancient boundes which thy fathers haue made 29 Thou seest that a diligēt man in his busines standeth before Kings and standeth not be fore the base sorte CHAP. XXIII 1 WHen thou sittest to eat with a ruler consider diligētly what is before thee 2 And put the knife to thy throte if thou be a man giuen to the appetite 3 Be not desirous of his deintie meats for it is a desceiuable meat 4 Trauail not to muche to be riche but cease from thy wisdome 5 Wilt thou cast thine eyes vpon it which is nothing for riches taketh her to her winges as an egle and flieth into the heauen 6 Eat thou not the bread of him that hathe an euil eye nether desire his deintie meats 7 For as thogh he thoght it in his heart so wil he say vnto thee Eat drinke but his heart is not with thee 8 Thou shalt vomit thy morsels that thou hast eaten and thou shalt lose thy swete wordes 9 Speake not in the eares of a foole for he wil despise the wisdome of thy wordes 10 * Remoue not the ancient boundes and en tre not into the fields of the fatherles 11
the cisterne 7 And dust returne to the earth as it was and the spirit returne to GOD that gaue it 8 Vanitie of vanities saith the Preacher all is vanitie 9 And the more wise the Preacher was the more he taught the people knowledge caused them to heare and searched forthe and prepared manie parables 10 The Preacher soght to finde out pleasant wordes and an vpright writing euen the wordes of trueth 11 The wordes of the wise are like goades and like nailes fastened by the masters of the assemblies whiche are gyuen by one pastour 12 And of other things besides these my sonne take thou hede for there is none ende in making manie bokes and muche reading is a wearines of the flesh 13 Let vs heare the end of all feare God and kepe his commandements for this is the whole duetie of man 14 For God wil bring euerie worke vnto iudgement with euerie secret thing whether it be good or euil AN EXCELLENT SONG vvhich vvas Salomons THE ARGVMENT IN this Song Salomón by moste swete and cōfortable allego ries and parables describeth the perfite loue of Iesus Christ the true Salomón and King of peace and the faithful soule or his Church which he hathe sanctified and appointed to be his spouse holy chast and without reprehension So that here is declared the singular loue of the bridegrome towarde the bride and his great and excellent benefites wherewith he doeth enriche her of his pure bountie and grace without anie of her deseruings Also the earnest affection of the Church which is in flamed with the loue of Christ desiring to be more and more ioyned to him in 〈◊〉 and not to be forsaken for anie spot or blemish that is in her CHAP. I. 1 The familiar talke and mystical communication of the 〈◊〉 loue betwene Iesus Christ his Church 6 The domestical enemies that persecute the Church 1 LEt hī kisse me with the kisses of his mouthe for thy loue is better then wine 2 Because of the sauour of thy good ointments thy name is as an oyntment powred out therfore the virgines loue thee 3 Drawe me we will runne after thee the King hath broght me into his chambers we wil reioyce and be glad in thee we will remember thy loue more then wyne the righteous do loue thee 4 I am blacke ô daughters of Ierusalē but comelie as the frutes of Kedár as the curtines of Salomón 5 Regarde ye me not because I am blacke for the sunne hathe loked vpon me The sonnes of my mother were angrie against me they made me the keper of the vines but I kept not mine owne wine 6 Shewe me ô thou whome my soule loueth where thou fedest where thou liest at noone for why shuld I be as she that turneth aside to the flockes of thy cōpaniōs 7 If thou knowe not ô thou the falrest among women get thee forthe by the steppes of the flocke and fede thy kiddes by the tents of the shepherdes 8 I haue cōpared thee ô my loue to the trou pe of horses in the charets of Pharaóh 9 Thy chekes are comelie with rowes of stones and thy necke with chaines 10 We wil make thee borders of golde with studdes of siluer 11 Whiles the King was at his repast my spikenarde gaue the smel thereof 12 My welbeloued is as a bundle of myrrhe vnto me he shal lye betwene my breastes 13 My welbeloued is as a clustre of camphire vnto me in the vines of Engédi 14 My loue behold thou art faire behold thou art faire thine eyes are like dooues 15 My welbeloued beholde thou art faire and pleasant also our bed is grene the beames of our house are cedres CHAP. II. 3 The Church desireth to rest vnder the shadow of Christ 8 She heareth his voice 14 She is compared to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And the enemies to the foxes 1 I Am the rose of the field and the lilie of the valleis 2 Like a lilie among the thornes so is my loue among the daughters 3 Like the apple tre amōg the trees of the forest so is my welbeloued amōg the sonnes of mē vnder his shado we had I delite and sate downe and hys frute was swete vnto my mouth 4 He broght me into the wine celler loue was his ban ner ouer me 5 Stay me with flagons and cōfort me with apples for I am sicke of loue 6 His left hand is vnder mine head hys right hand doeth imbrace me 7 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalēm by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor waken my loue vntil she please 8 It is the voice of my welbeloued behold he cometh leaping by the mountaines skipping by the hilles 9 My welbeloued is like a roe or a yong heart lo he standeth behinde our wall loking forthe of the windowes shewing him selfe through the grates 10 My welbeloued spake said vnto me Arise my loue my faire one come thy way 11 For beholde winteris past the rayne is changed and is gone away 12 The flowers appeare in the earth the time of the singing of birdes is come the voice of the turtleis heard in our land 13 The figtre hathe broght forthe her yong figges and the vines with their smal grapeshaue cast a sauour arise my loue my faire one and come away 14 My dooue that art in the holes of the rocke in the secret places of the staires shewe me thy sight let me heare thy voice for thy voyce is swete and thy sight comelie 15 Take vs the foxes the litle foxes whiche destroy the vines for our vines haue smale grapes 16 My welbeloued is mine and I am his he fedeth among the lilies 17 Vntil the daye breake and the shadowes flee away returne my welbeloued and be like a roe or a yong hart vpon the mountaines of Béther CHAP. III. 1 The Church desireth to be ioyned in separably to Christ her housband 6 Her deliuerance out of the wildernes 1 IN my bed by night I soght him that my soule loued I soght hī but I foūd him not 2 I wil rise therefore now and go aboute in the citie by the stretes and by the opē places wil seke him that my soule loueth I soght him but I founde him not 3 The watchemen that went about the citie found me to whome I said Haue you sene him whome my soule loueth 4 When I had past a litle from them then I founde him whome my soule loued I toke holde on him and left him not till I had broght him vnto my mothers house into the chamber of her that conceiued me 5 I charge you ô daughters of Ierusalém by the roes and by the hindes of the field that ye stirre not vp nor
day as in the twilight we are in so litarie places as dead men 11 We roare all like beares and mourne like doues we loke for equitie but there is none for health but it is farre from vs. 12 For our trespaces are manie before thee our sinnes testifie against vs for our trespaces are with vs we knowe our iniquities 13 In trespacing and lying against the Lord and we haue departed away from our God haue spoken of crucltie and rebellion conceiving and vttering out of the heart false matters 14 Therefore iudgement is turned backeward and iustice standeth fatre of for trueth is fallen in the strete and equitie can not enter 15 Yea trueth faileth and he that refreineth from euil maketh him self a pray and when the Lord sawe it it displeased him that there was no iudgement 16 And when he saw that there was no man he wondred that none wolde offer him self Therefore his arme did saue it ād his righ teousnes it self did susteine it 17 For he put on righteousnes as an habergeon and an helmet of saluation vpon his head and he put on the garments of vegeance for clothing and was clad with zeale as a cloke 18 As to make recompence as to require the furie of the aduersaries with a recompence to his enemies he wil fully 〈◊〉 the ylands 19 So shal they feare the Name of the Lord frō the West and his glorie from the rising of the sunne for the enemie shal come like a flood but the Spirit of the Lord shal chase him away 20 And the Redemer shal come vnto Zión and vnto them that turne from iniquitie in Iaakób saith the Lord. 21 And I wil make this my couenant with thē saith the Lord My Spirit that is vpon thee my wordes which I haue put in thy mouth shal not departe out of thy mouth nor out of the mouth of thy sede nor out of the mouth of the sede of thy sede saith the Lord from hence forthe euen for euer CHAP. LX. 3 The Gentiles shal come to the knowledge of the Gospel 8 Thei shal come to the Church in abundance 16 They shal haue abundance thogh they suffer for a time 1 ARise ō Ierusalém be bright for thy light is come and the glorie of the Lord is risen vpon thee 2 For beholde darkenes shal couer the earth and grosse darkenes the people but the Lord shal arise vpon thee and his glorie shal be sene vpon thee 3 And the Gentiles shal walke in thy light and Kings at the brightnes of thy rising vp 4 Lift vp thine eyes rounde about and behol de al these are gathered and come to thee thy sonnes shal come frō farre thy daugh ters shal be nourished at thy side 5 Then thou shalt se and shine thine heart shal be astonied and enlarged because the multitude of the sea shal be conuerted vnto thee and the riches of the Gentiles shal come vnto thee 6 The multitude of camels shal couer thee and the dromedaries of Midián of Epháh all they of Shebá shal come they shal bring golde and incense and shewe forthe the praises of the Lord. 7 All the shepe of Kedár shal be gathered vnto thee the rams of Nebaióth shal serue thee thei shal come vp to be accepted vpon mine altar and I wil beautifie the house of my glorie 8 Who are these that flee like a cloude and as the doues to their windowes 9 Surely they les shal waite for me and the shippes of 〈◊〉 as at the beginning that thei may bring thy sonnes from farre and their siluer their golde with thē vnto the Name of the Lord thy God to the holy one of Israél because he hathe glorified thee 10 And the sonnes of strangers shal buylde vp thy walles and their Kings shal minister vnto thee for in my wrath I smote thee but in my mercie I had compassion on thee 11 Therefore thy gates shal be open continual ly nether day nor night shal they be shut that men may bring vnto thee the riches of the Gentiles and that their Kings may be broght 12 For the nacion and the kingdome that wil not serue thee shal perish and those nacions shal be vtterly destroyed 13 The glorie of Lebanōn shal come vnto thee the fyrre tre the elme and the boxe tre toge ther to beautifie the place of my Sanctuarie for I wil glorifie the place of my fete 14 The sonnes also of them that afflicted thee shal come and bowe vnto thee and all they that disposed thee shal fall downe at the soles of thy fete and they shal call thee The citie of the Lord Zión of the holy one of Israēl 15 Where as thou hast bene forsaken hated so that no man wēt by thee I wil make thee an eternal glorie and aioye from generaciō to generacion 16 Thou shalt also sucke the milke of the Gen tiles and shalt sucke the breasts of Kings and thou shalt knowe that I the Lord am thy Sauiour and thy Redemer the mightie one of Iaakób 17 For brasse wil I bring golde for yron wil I bring siluer and for wood brasse for stones yron I wil also make thy gouernement peace and thine exactours righteousnes 18 Violence shal no more be heard of in thy lād nether desolation nor destruction with in thy borders but thou shalt call saluacion thy walles and praise thy gates 19 Thou shalt haue no more sunne to shine by day nether shal the brightnes of the moone shine vnto thee for the Lord shal be thine euerlasting light and thy God thy glorie 20 Thy sunne shal neuer go downe nether shal thy moone be hid for the Lord shal be thine euerlasting light and the dayes of thy sorow shal be ended 21 Thy people also shal be all righteous they shal possesse the land for euer the graffe of my planting shal be the worke of mine hāds that I may be glorified 22 A litle one shal become as a thousand and a smale one as a strong nation I the Lord wil hasten it in due time CHAP. LXI 1 He prophecyeth that Christ shal be anointed and sent to preache 10 The ioye of the faithful 1 THe * Spirit of the Lord God is vpon me therefore hathe the Lord anointed me he hath sent me to preache good tidings vnto the poore to binde vp the broken hearted to preache libertie to the captiues and to them that are bounde the opening of the prison 2 To preache the acceptable yere of the Lord and the daye of vengeāce of our God to comfort all that mourne 3 To appoint vnto then that mourne in Zion and to giue vnto thē beautie for ashes the oyle of ioye for mourning the garment of gladnes for the
and our shame couereth vs for we haue sinned against the Lord our God we our fathers from our youth euen vnto this day and haue not obeied the voyce of the Lord our God CHAP. IIII. 1 True repentance 4 He exhorteth to the circumcision of the heart 5 The destruction of Iudáh is prophecied for the malice of their hearts 19 The Prophet lamenteth it 1 O Israél if thou returne returne vnto me saith the Lord if thou put away thine abominacions out of my sight then shalt thou not remoue 2 And thou shalt sweare The Lord liueth in trueth in iudgement and in righteousnes and the nacions shal be blessed in hym and shal glorie in him 3 For thus saith the Lord to the men of Iudáh and to Ierusalém 4 Breake vp y our fallow grounde sowe not among the thornes be circumcised to the Lord and take away the foreskinnes of your hearts ye men of Iudáh and in habitants of Ierusalém lest my wrath come forthe like fyre and burne that none can quēch it because of the wickednes of your inuentions 5 Declare in Iudáh and shewe forthe in Ierusalém and say Blowe the trumpet in the land crye and gather together and say As semble your selues and let vs go into strōg cities 6 Set vp the standart in Zion prepare to flee and stay not for I wil bring a plague from the North and a great destruction 7 The lions is come vp from his denne and the destroyer of the Gentiles is departed and gone forthe of his place to lay thy land waste thy cities shal be destroyed without an inhabitant 8 Wherefore girde you with sacke cloth lament and howle for the fierce wrath of the Lord is not turned backe from vs. 9 And in that day saith the Lord the heart of the King shal perish and the heart of the princes and the Priests shal be astonished and the Prophetes shal wonder 10 Then said I Ah Lord God surely thou hast deceiued this people Ierusalém saying Ye shal haue peace the sworde perceth vnto the heart 11 At that time shalit be said to his people and to Ierusalém A drye winde in the hic places of the wildernes cometh toward the daughter of my people but nether to fan nor to clense 12 A mightie winde shal come vnto me from those places and now wil I also giue sentence vpon them 13 Beholde he shal come vp as the cloudes and his charets shal be as a tēpest his horses are lighter thē egles Wo vnto vs for we are destroyed 14 O Ierusalém wash thine heart from wickednes that thou maiest be saued how lōg shal thy wicked thoghts remaine with in thee 15 For a voyce declareth from Dan and publisheth affliction from mount Ephráim 16 Make ye mention of the heathen and publish in Ierusalém Beholde the skoutes come from a farre countrey and crye out against the cities of Iudáh 17 They haue compassed her about as the wat chemen of the field because it hathe prouoked me to wrath saith the Lord. 18 Thy waies and thine inuentions haue procured thee these things suche is thy wickednes therefore it shal be bitter therefore it shal perce vnto thine heart 19 My bely my bely I am peined euen at the very heart mine heart is troubled with in me I can not be 〈◊〉 for my soule hathe heard the sounde of the trumpet the a larme of the battel 20 Destruction vpō destruction is cryed for the whole land is wasted suddenly are my tentes destroyed and my curteines in a moment 21 How long shal I se the standart and hea re the sounde of the trumpet 22 For my people is foolish thei haue not knowen me thei are 〈◊〉 children and haue none vnderstanding thei are wise to do euil but to 〈◊〉 thei haue no know ledge 23 I haue loked vpon the earth and lo it was without forme and voide and to the heauens and thei had no light 24 I beheld the mountaines lo they trem bled and all the hilles shooke 25 I beheld and lo there was no man and all the birdes of the heauen were departed 26 I beheld and lo the fruteful place was a wildernes and all their cities thereof were broken downe at the presence of the Lord and by his fierce wrath 27 For thus hathe the Lord said The whole land shal be desolate yet wil I not make a ful end 28 Therefore shal the earth mourne and the heauens aboue shal be darkened because I haue pronounced it I haue thoght it and wil not repent nether wil I turne bac ke from it 29 The whole citie shal flee for the noise of the horsmen and bowe men thei shal go in to thickets and clime vp vpon the rockes euerie citie shal be forsaken and not amā dwell therein 30 And when thou shalt be destroyed what wilt thou do Thogh thou clothest thy self with skarlet thogh thou deckest thee with ornaments of golde thogh thou pain test thy face with colours yet shalt thou trimme thy self in vaine for thy louers wil abhorre thee and seke thy life 31 For I haue heard a noise as of a woman trauailing or as one laboring of her first childe euen the voice of the daughter Zion that sigheth and stretcheth out her hands wo is me now for my soule fainteth because of the murtherers CHAP. V. 1 In Iudáh no righteous man found nether among the people not the rulers 15 Wherefore Iudáh is destroied of the Caldeans 1 RVnne to and fro by the stretes of Ieru salém and beholde now and knowe iniquire in the open places thereof if ye can finde a man or if there be any that ex ecuteth iudgement and seketh the trueth and I wil 〈◊〉 it 2 For thogh thei say The Lord liueth yet do thei sweare falsely 3 O Lord are not thine eies vpō the trueth thou hast striken them but thei haue not sorowed thou hast consumed them but thei haue refused to receiue correctiō thei haue made their faces harder then a stone and haue refused to returne 4 Therefore I said Surely thei are poore they are foolish for thei knowe not the way of the Lord nor the iudgement of their God 5 I wil get me vnto the great men and wil speake vnto thē for thei haue knowē the way of the Lord and the 〈◊〉 of their God but these haue altogether broken the yoke and burst the bondes 6 Wherefore aliō out of the forest shal slay thē awolfe of the wildernes shal destroye thē a leoparde shal watche ouer their cities euerie one that goeth out thence shal be torne in pieces because their trespaces are many their rebelliōs are encreased 7 How shulde I spare thee for this thy children haue forsakē me and sworne by thē that are no gods thogh 〈◊〉 them to the
all the Kings of the land of the Philistims and Ashkelón and Azzáh and Ekrōn and the remnant of Ashdod 21 Edóm and Moáb and the Ammonites 22 And all the Kings of Tyrus all the Kings of Zidón and the Kinge of the Yles that are beyonde the sea 23 And Dedán and Temá and Buz and all that dwell in the vtter must corners 24 And all the Kings of Arabia and all the Kings of Arabia that dwel in the desert 25 And all the Kings of Zimri all the Kings of ' Elám and all the Kings of the Medes 26 And all the Kings of the North farre and nere one to another and all the kingdomes of the worlde which are vpon the earth the King of Sheshách shal drinke after thē 27 Therefore say thou vnto them Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Drinke and be drunken and spewe and fall and rise no more because of the sworde which I wil send among you 28 ¶ But if thei refuse to take the cup at thine hand to drinke then tel them Thus saith the Lord of hostes ye shal certeinly drinke 29 For lo I beginne to plague the citie whe re my Name is called vpon and shulde you go fre Ye shal not go quite for I wil call for a sworde vpon all the inhabitās of the earth saith the Lord of hostes 30 Therefore prophecie thou against them all these wordes and saie vnto them * The Lord shal roare from aboue and thrust out his voice from his holie habitacion he shal roare vpon his habitacion and crye aloude as thei that presse the grapes against all the in habitans of the earth 31 The sounde shal come to the ends of the earth for the Lord hathe a cōtrouersie 〈◊〉 the nations and wil entre into iudgement with all flesh and he wil giue them that are wicked to the sworde saith the Lord. 32 ¶ Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde a plague shal go forthe from nation to nation and a * great whitle winde shal be raised vp from the coastes of the earth 33 And the slaine of the Lord shal be at that daie from one end of the earth euen vnto the other end of the earth thei shal not be mourned nether gathered nor buryed but shal be as the dongue vpon the grounde 34 Houle ye shepherds and crye and wallowe your selues in the ashes ye principal of the flocke for your daies of slaughter are accomplished and of your dispersion and ye shal fall like precious vessels 35 And the flight shal faile from the shepherds and the escaping from the principal of the flocke 36 A voice of the crye of the shepherds and an knowling of the principal of the flocke shal be heard for the Lord hathe destroyed their pasture 37 And the best pastures are destroyed becau se of the wrath and indignation of the Lord. 38 He hathe forsaken his couert as the lion for their land is waste because of the wrath of the oppressor and because of the wrath of his indignation CHAP. XXVI 2 Ieremiáh moueth the people to repentance 7 He is take of the false Prophetes and Priestes and brogh to iudgement 23 〈◊〉 the Prophet is killed of Iehoiakim contrarie to the wil of God 1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah ca me this worde from the Lord saying 2 Thus saith the Lord Stand in the court of the Lords House and speake vnto all the cities of Iudáh which come to worship in the Lords House all the wordes that I command thee to speake kepe not avoide backe 3 If so be they wil hearken and turne euerie man from his euil way that I may repent me of the plague which I haue determined to bring vpon them because of the wickednes of their workes 4 And thou shalt say vnto thē Thus saith the Lord If ye wil not heare me to walke in my Lawes which I haue set before you 5 And to heare the wordes of my seruants the Prophetes whome I sent vnto you bothe rising vp early and sending them and wil not obeie them 6 Then wil I make this House like Shilóh and wil make this Citie a cursse to all the nacions of the earth 7 So the Priestes and the Prophetes and all the people heard Ieremiáh speaking these wordes in the Houses of the Lord. 8 Now when Ieremiáh had made an ende of speaking all that the Lord had commanded him to speake vnto all the people then the Priestes and the Prophetes all the people toke him and said Thou shalt dye the death 9 Why hast thou prophecied in the Name of the Lord saying This House shal be like Shilóh and this citie shal be desolate without an inhabitant and all the people were gathered against Ieremiáh in the House of the Lord. 10 And when the princes of Iudáh heard of these things thei came vp from the Kings house into the House of the Lord and sate downe in the entrie of the newe gate of the Lords House 11 Then spake the Priestes and the Prophetes vnto the princes and to all the people saying This man is worthie to dye for he hathe prophecied against this citie as ye haue heard with your eares 12 Then spake Ieremiáh vnto all the princes to all the people saying The Lord hathe sent me to prophecie against this House and against this citie all the things that ye haue heard 13 Therefore now amend your waies your workes heare the voice of the Lord your God that the Lord may repent him of the plague that he hath pronoūced against you 14 As for me beholde I am in your hands do with me as ye thinke good and right 15 But knowe ye for certeine that if ye put me to death ye shal surely bring innocent blood vpon your selues and vpon this Citie and vpon the inhabitants thereof for of a trueth the Lord hath sét me vnto you to speake all these wordes in your eares 16 Then said the princes and all the people vnto the Priests to the Prophetes This man is not worthye to dye for he hathe spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord our God 17 ¶ Then rose 〈◊〉 certeine of the Elders of the land and 〈◊〉 to all the assemblie of the people saying 18 Micháh the Morashite * prophecied in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and spake to all the people of Iudáh saying Thus saith the Lord of hostes Ziōn shal be plowed like a field and Ierusalém shal be an heape the mountaine of the House shal be as the high places of the forest 19 Did Hezekiáh King of Iudáh and all Iudáh put him to death did he not feare the LORD and prayed before the Lord and the Lord repented hym of the plague that he had
taketh away iniquitie and passeth by the transgression of the remnant of his heritage He 〈◊〉 not his wrath for euer becau se mercie pleaseth him 19 He 〈◊〉 againe and haue compassiō vpon vs he wil 〈◊〉 our iniquities and cast all their sinnes into the bottome of the sea 20 Thou wilt performe thy trueth to Iaakôb and mercie to Abrahám as thou hast sworne vnto our fathers in olde time NAHVM THE ARGVMENT AS they of Nineuéh shewed them selues prompt and ready to receiue the worde of God at Ionahs preaching and so turned to the Lord by repentance so after a certeine time rather giuing them selues to 〈◊〉 meanes to increase their dominion then seking to continue in the feare of God and trade wherein they had begonne they cast of the care of religion and so turned to their 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Gods iuste iudgement 〈◊〉 them in afflicting his people Therefore their citie Nineuéh was destroyed Meroch 〈◊〉 King of Babél or as some thinke Nebuchad-nezzar enioved the empire of the 〈◊〉 But because God hathe a continual care of his Church he 〈◊〉 vp his Prophet to cōfort the godlie 〈◊〉 that the destruction of their enemies shulde be for their consolation And as it semeth he prophe 〈◊〉 about the time of 〈◊〉 and not in the time of 〈◊〉 his sonne as the Iewes write CHAP. I. Of the destruction of the Assyrians and of the deliuerance of Israél 1 THe burden of Nineuéh The boke of the vision of Nahū the Elkeshite 2 God is ielous the Lord reuengeth the Lord reuēgeth euen the Lord of angre the Lord wil take vengeance on his aduersaries and hereserueth wrath for his enemies 3 The Lord is slowe to angre but he is greate in power and will not surely cleare the wicked the Lord hathe his waye in the whirle winde and in the storme and the cloudes are the dust of his fete 4 He rebuketh the sea and dryeth it and he dryeth vp all the riuers Bashán is wasted and Carmél and the floure of Lebanón is wasted 5 The mountaines tremble for him and the hilles melt the earth is burnt at his sight yea the worlde and all that dwell therein 6 Who can stand before his wrath who can abide in the fiercenes of his wrath his wrath is powred out like fyre and the rockes are broken by him 7 The Lord is good and as a strong holde in the day of trouble and he knoweth thē that trust in him 8 But passing ouer as with a flood he will vtterly destroye the place thereof and darkenes shal pursue his enemies 9 What doye imagine against the LORD he wil make an vtter destruction affliction shal not rise vp the seconde time 10 For he shal come as vnto thornes folden one in another and as vnto drunkards in their drunkennes thei shal be deuoured as 〈◊〉 fully dryed 11 Therê cometh one out of thee that imagineth euill againste the Lord euen a wicked counselour 12 Thus saith the Lord Thogh thei be quiet and also manie yet thus shal they be cut of whē he shal passe by thogh I haue afflicted thee I wil afflict thee no more 13 For now I 〈◊〉 breake his yoke from thee and wil burst thy bondes in sondre 14 And the Lord hathe giuen a commandement cōcerning thee that no more of thy name be sowen out of the house of thy Gods wil I cut of the grauen and the moltē image I wil make it thy graue for thee for thou art vile 15 * Beholde vpon the mountaines the fete of him that declareth publisheth peace ô Iudáh kepethy solēne feastes performe thy vowes for the wicked shall no more passe through thee he is vtterly cut of CHAP. II. He describeth the victories of the Caldeans against the Assyrians 1 THe destroyer is come before thy face kepe thy munition loke to the way make thy loynes strong increase thy strength mightely 2 For the Lord hathe turned away the glorie of Iaak ób as the glorie of Israél for the emptiers haue emptied them out marred their vine branches 3 The shield of his mightie men is made red the valiant men are in skarlet the charrets shal be as in the fyre and flames in the day of his preparation and the firre trees shal tremble 4 The charets shal rage in the stretes thei shal runne to fro in the hie wayes thei shal seme like lampes they shal shote like the lightning 5 He shal remember his strong men they shal stumble as they go they shal make ha ste to the walles thereof and the defense shal be prepared 6 The gates of the riuers shal be opened the palace shal melt 7 And Huzzáh the Quene shal be led away captiuitie and her maides shal leade her as with the voyce of doues smiting vpon their breasts 8 But Nineuéh is of olde like a poole of wa ter yet they shal flee away Stand stand shal they crye but none shal loke backe 9 Spoile ye the siluer spoyle the golde for there is none end of the stone and glorie of all the pleasant vessels 10 She is emptie and voyde and waste and the heart melteth and the knees smite together and sorow is in all loines and the faces of them all gather blackenes 11 Where is the dwelling of the lyōs and the pasture of the lyons whelpes where the lyon and the lyonesse walked and the lyons whelpe and none made thē afraied 12 The lyon did teare in pieces ynough for his whelpes and woryed for his lyonesse and filled his holes with praye and his dennes with spoyle 13 Beholde I come vnto thee saith the Lord of hostes and I wil burne her charrets in the smoke and the sworde shal deuoure thy yong lyons and I wil cut of thy spoile from the earth and the voice of thy messengers shal no more be heard CHAP. III. 1 Of the fall of Nineuéh 8 No power can escape the hand of God 1 OBloodie citie it is all ful of lies and robberie the pray departeth not 2 The noyce of a 〈◊〉 the noyce of the mourning of the wheles the beating of the horses and the leaping of the charrets 2 The horsemā lifteth vp bothe the bright sworde and the glitering speare and a mul titude is slaine and the dead bodies are manie there is none end of their corpses they stumble vpon their corpses 4 Because of the multitude of the fornications of the harlot that is beautifull and is a maistresse of witchcraft and selleth the people thorowe her whoredome and the nations thorowe her witchcraftes 5 Behold I come vpon thee saith the Lord of hostes and wil discouer thy skirtes vpō thy face and wil she we the nations thy filthines and the kingdomes thy shame 6 And I wil cast filth vpō thee make thee vile
people from the East countrey and from the West countrey 8 And I wil bring them and they shal dwell in the middes of Ierusalém and they shal be my people and I wil be their God in trueth and in righteousnes 9 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Let your hands be strong ye that heare in these dayes these wordes by the 〈◊〉 of the Prophetes which were in the 〈◊〉 that the fundacion of the House of the Lord of hostes was laide that the Temple might be 〈◊〉 10 For before these dayes there was no hier for mān or anie hier for beast nether was there anie peace to him that went out or came in because of the affliction for I set all men euerie one against his neighbour 11 But now I wil not intreate the residue of this people as a fore time saith the Lord of hostes 12 For the sede shal be prosperous the vine shal giue her frute and the grounde shal gi ue her increase and the heauens shal giue their dewe and I wil cause the remnant of this people to possesse all these things 13 And it shal come to passe that asye were a curse among the heathē ô house of Iudáh and house of Israél so wil I deliuer you ye shal be a blessing feare not but let your hands be strong 14 For thus saith the Lord of hostes As I thogh to punish you when your fathers prouoked me vnto wrath saith the Lord of hostes and repented not 15 So againe haue I determined in these dayes to do well vnto Ierusalém and to the housé of Iudáh feare ye not 16 These are the thinges that ye shall do Speake ye euerie man the trueth vnto his neighbour execute iudgement truely and vprightly in your gates 17 And let none of you imagine euil in your hearts against his neighbour and loue no false 〈◊〉 for all these are the things that I hate saith the Lord. 18 And the worde of the Lord of hostes came vnto me saying 19 Thus saith the Lord of hostes The fast of the fourthe moneth and the fast of the fifte and the fast of the seuenth and the fast of the tenth shall be to the house of Iudáh ioye and gladnes and prosperous hie feastes therefore loue the trueth and peace 20 Thus saith the Lord of hostes That there shal yet come people and the inhabitāts of great cities 21 And they that dwell in one citie shal go to another saying * Vp let vs go and pray before the Lord and seke the Lord of hostes I wil go also 22 Yea greate people and mightie nations shal come to seke the Lord of hostes in Ierusalém and to pray before the Lord. 23 Thus saith the Lord of hostes In those dayes shall ten men take holde out of all langages of the nacions euen take holde of the skirt of him that is a Iewe and say We wil go with you for we haue heard that God is with you CHAP. IX 1 The threatening of the Gentiles 9 The comming of Christ. 1 THe burden of the worde of the Lord in the land of Hadrách and Damascus shal be his rest when the eyes of man euē of all the tribes of Israél shal be toward the Lord. 2 And Hamáth also shall border thereby Tyrus also Zidón thogh they be verie wise 3 For Tyrus did buyld her self a strōg holde and heaped vp siluer as the dust and golde as the myre of the streates 4 Behold the Lord wil spoile her and he wil smite her power in the sea and she shal be 〈◊〉 with fyre 5 Ash kelón shal se it and feare and Azzáh also shal be verie sorowful and Ekrón for her countenance shal be ashamed and the King shal perish from Azzáh and Ashkelón shal not be inhabited 6 And the stranger shal dwell in Ashdód I wil cut of the pride of the Philistims 7 And I wil take away his blood out of hys mouth and his abomin a ciōs from betwene his teeth 〈◊〉 he that remaineth euen he shal be for our God and he shal be as a prince in Iudáh but Ekrón shal be as a Iebusite 8 And I will campe aboute mine House against the armie againste hym that passeth by and against him that returneth and no oppressour shal come vpō them anie more for now haue I sene with mine eyes 9 Reioyce greatly ô daughter Zión shoute for ioye ô daughter Ierusalém behold thy King cometh vnto thee he is iuste saued poore and riding vpon an asse and vpon a colte the sole of an asse 10 And I will cut of the charrets from Ephráim and the horse from Ierusalém the bowe of the battel shal be broken and he shal speake peace vnto the heathen his dominion shal be from sea vnto sea and from the riuer to the end of the land 11 Thou also shall be saued through the blood of thy couenant I haue losed thy prisoners out of the pit wherein is no water 12 Turne you to the strong holde ye prisoners of hope euē to day do I declare that I wil render the double vnto thee 13 For Iudáh haue I bent as a bowe for me Ephraims hand haue I filled I haue raysed vp thy sonnes ô Zión against thy sonnes ô Grecia haue made thee as a gyāts sworde 14 And the Lord shal be sene ouer them and his arrowe shal go forthe as the lightning and the Lord God shal blowe the trumpet and shall come forthe with the whirlewindes of the South 15 The Lord of hostes shal defend them and they shal 〈◊〉 them and subdue thē with sling stones and they shal drinke make 〈◊〉 as thorowe wine and they shal be filled like bowles and as the hornes of the altar 16 And the Lord their God shal 〈◊〉 them in that day as the flocke of his people for they shal be as the stones of the crowne lifted vp vpon his land 17 For how great is his goodnes and how greate is his beautie corne shall make the yong men cherefull and newe wyne the maides CHAP. X. 1 The vanitie of 〈◊〉 3 The Lord promiseth to visite and comforte the house of Israél 1 ASke you of the Lord raine in the time of the latter raine so shall the Lord make 〈◊〉 cloudes and gyue you showres of raine to euery one grasse in the field 2 Surelye the idoles haue spoken vanitie and the soth sayers haue sene a lie and the dreamers haue tolde a vaine thing they cōfort in vaine therefore thei wēt away as shepe thei were troubled because there was no shepherd 3 My wrath was kindled agaynste the shepherds and I did visite the goates but the Lord of hostes will visite hys flocke the house of Iudáh and wil make them as his beautiful horse in the battell
that hathe no rest and lodgeth wheresoeuer the night taketh him CHAP. XXXVII 1 How a man shulde knowe friends and counselers 12 To kepe his companie that feareth God 1 EVerie friēd saith I am a friend vnto him also but there is some friend which is onely a friend in name 2 Remaineth there not heauines vnto death when a companion and friend is turned to an enemie 3 O wicked presumption frō whence art thou sprong vp to couer the earth with disceite 4 * There is some companion which in prosperitie reioyceth with his friend but in the time of trouble he is against him 5 There is some companion that helpeth his friend for the bellie sake and taketh vp the buckeler against the enemie 6 Forget not thy friend in thy minde thinke vpon him in thy riches 7 Seke no counsel at him of whome thou art suspected and disclose not thy counsel vnto suche as hate thee 8 * Euerie counseler praiseth his owne counsel but there is some that counseleth for him self 9 Beware of the counseler and be aduised afo re where to thou wilt vse him for he wil counsel for him self lest he cast the lot vpon thee 10 And say vnto thee Thy way is good and af terwarde he stād against thee and loke what shal become of thee 11 Aske no counsel for religion of him that is without religiō nor of iustice of him that hathe no iustice nor of a woman 〈◊〉 her of whome she is ielous nor of a cowarde in matters warre nor of a marchant concerning exchange nor of a bier for the sale nor of an enuious mā touching 〈◊〉 nor of the vnmerciful touching kindenes nor of an vnhonest man of honestie nor of the slothful for anie labour nor of an hireling for the finishing of a worke nor of an idle seruant for muche busines hearken not vnto these in anie matter of counsel 12 But be continual with a godlie man whome thou knowest to kepe the commandements of the Lord whose minde is according to thy minde and is sorie for thee when thou stumblest 13 Take counsel of thine owne heart for there is no man more faithful vnto thee then it 14 For a mans minde is some time more accustomed to shewe more thē seuen watchmen that sit aboue in an high tower 15 And aboue all this pray to the most High that he wil direct thy waye in trueth 16 Let reason go before euerie enterprise and counsel before euerie action 17 ¶ These changing of the countenance is a signe of the chāging of the heart foure thīgs appeare good and euil life death but the tongue hathe euer more the gouernement ouer them 18 ¶ Some mā is wittie hathe instructed manie and yet is vn profitable vnto him self 19 Some man wil be wise in wordes and is hated yea he is destitute of all foode 20 Because grace is not giuen him of the Lord for he is distitute of all wisdome 21 Another is wise for him self and the frutes of vnderstanding are faithful in his mouth 22 A wise man instructeth his people and the frutes of his wisdome faile not 23 A wise man shal be plenteously blessed and all they that se him shal thinke him blessed 24 The life of man standeth in the nomber of dayes but the dayes of Irael are in numerable 25 A wise man shal obteine credit among his people and his name shal be perpetual 26 My sonne proue thy soule in thy life and se what is euil for it and permit it not to do it 27 For all things are not profitable for all men nether hathe euerie soule pleasure in euerie thing 28 Be not griedie in all delites and be not to hastie vpon all meates 29 * For 〈◊〉 of meates bringeth sickenes glotonie cometh into choliricke diseases 30 By surfet haue manie perished but he that 〈◊〉 him self prolongeth his life CHAP. XXXVIII 1 A physicion is commendable 16 To burye the dead 24 The wisdome of him that is learned 1 HOnour the physicion with that honor that is due vnto him because of necessitie for the Lord hathe created him 2 For of the moste High cometh healing and he shal receiue giftes of the King 3 The knowledge of the physicion lifteth vp his head and in the sight of great mē he shal be in admiration 4 The Lord hathe created medecines of the earth and he that is wise wil not abhorre it 5 * Was not the water made swete with wood that men might know the vertue thereof 6 So he hathe giuen men knowledge that he might be glorified in his wōderous workes 7 With suche doeth he healemen and taketh away their paines 8 Of suche doeth the apothecarie make a con fection and yet he can not finish his owne workes for of the Lord cometh prosperitie and welth ouer all the earth 9 My sōne faile not in thy sickenes but* parie vnto the Lord and he wil make thee whole 10 Leaue of from sinne and order thine hāds a right and clense thine heart from all wickednes 11 Offer swete incense and fine floure for a remēbrance make the offring fat for thou art not the first giuer 12 Then giue place to the physicion for the Lord hathe created him let him not go frō thee for thou hast nede of him 13 The houre may come that their enterprises may haue good successe 14 For they also shall praye vnto the Lord that he wolde prosper that which is giuen for ease and their physicke for the prolōging of life 15 He that sinneth before his maker let hym fall into the hands of the physicion 16 My sonne * powre for the teares ouer the dead and begynne to mourne as if thou hadest suffred great harme thy self then couer his bodie according to his appointement and neglect not his buryal 17 Make a grieuous lamētacion and be earnest in mourning and vse lamentacion as he is worthie and that a daye or two lest thou be euil spoken of and then comforte thy self for thine heauines 18 * For of heauines cometh death and the heauines of the heart breaketh the strēgth 19 Of the affection of the hearte cometh sorow and the life of him that is afflicted is according to his heart 20 Take no heauines to heart driue it awaye and remember the last end 21 Forget it not for there is no turning againe thou shalt do him no good but hurt thy self 22 Remember his iudgement thine also shal be likewise vnto me yester daye and vnto thee to day 23 * Seing the dead is at rest let hys remembrance rest and comforte thy self agayne for him when his Spirit is departed frome him 24 ¶ The wisdome of a learned mā cometh by vsing wel his vacant time and he that ceaseth from his owne matters labour may come by wisdome 25 How cā he get wisdome that holdeth the plough and he
euerie man that euil doeth hateth the light nether commeth to light lest his dedes shulde be reproued 21 But he that doeth trueth commeth to the light that his dedes might be made manifest that they are wroght according to God 22 ¶ After these things came Iesus and his disciples into the land of Iudea there taried with them and * baptized 23 And Iohn also baptized in Enon besides Salim because there was much water there and they came and were baptized 24 For Iohn was not yet cast into prison 25 Thē there arose a question betwene Iohns disciples and the Iewes about purifying 26 And they came vnto Iohn said vnto him Rabbi he that was with thee beyonde Iordan to whome * thou barest witnes behold he baptized and all men come to him 27 Iohn answered and said A man can receiue nothing except it be giuē him from heauen 28 Ye your selues are my witnesses that * I said I am not the Christ but that I am sent before him 29 He that hathe the bride is the bridegrome but the friend of the bridegrome which stādeth and heareth him reioyceth greatly because of the bridegromes voice This my ioye therefore is fulfilled 30 He must increase but I must decrease 31 He that is come from on high is aboue all he that is of the earth is of the earth and speaketh of the earth he that is come from heauen is aboue all 32 And what he hathe sene and heard that he testifieth but no man receiueth his testimonie 33 He that hathe receiued his testimonie hath sealed that* God is true 34 For he whome God hathe sent speaketh the wordes of God for God giueth him not the Spirit by measure 35 The Father loueth the Sonne and hathe * giuen all things into his hand 36 * He that beleueth in the Sonne hathe euer lasting life and he that obeieth not the Sōne shal not se life but the wrath of God abideth on him CHAP. IIII. 1 The communication of Christ with the woman of 〈◊〉 34 His zeale towarde his Father and his haruest 39 The conuersion of the Samaritans 45 And 〈◊〉 47 How he healeth the rulers soune 1 NOw whē the Lord knewe how the Pharises had heard that Iesus made and baptized modisciples then Iohn 2 Thogh Iesus him self baptized not but his disciples 3 He left Iudea and departed againe into Galile 4 And he must nedes go through Samaria 5 Then came he to a citie of Samaria called Sychar nere vnto the possession that* Iacob gaue to his sonne Ioseph 6 And there was Iacobs well Iesus then wearied in the iorney sate thus on the well it was about the sixt houre 7 There came a woman of Samaria to drawe water Iesus said vnto her Giue me drinke 8 For his disciples were gone away into the citie to bye meat 9 Then said the woman of Samaria vnto him How is it that thou being a Iewe ask est drinke of me which am a woman of 〈◊〉 For the Iewes medle not with the Samaritans 10 Iesus answerest and said vnto her If thou knewest the gift of God and who it is that saith to thee Giue me drinke thou woldest haue ask est of him and he wolde haue giuē thee water of life 11 The woman said vnto him Syr thou hast nothing to drawe with and the well is depe frō whence thē hast thou that water of life 12 Art thou greater then our Father Iacob which gaue vs the well and he him self dranke thereof and his children and his cattel 13 Iesus answered said vnto her Whosoeuer drinketh of this water shal thirst againe 14 But whosoeuer drinketh of the water that I shal giue him shal neuer be more a thirst but the water that I shal giue him shal be in him a well of water springing vp into euerlasting life 15 The woman said vnto him Syr giue me of that water that I may no thirst nether come hither to drawe 16 Iesus said vnto her Go call thine housband and come hither 17 The woman answered and said I haue no housband Iesus said to her Thou hast wel said I haue no housband 18 For thou hast had fiue housbands and he whome thou now hast is not thine housbād that saidest thou truely 19 The woman said vnto him Syr I se that thou art a Prophet 20 Our fathers worshiped in this mountaine ye say that in* Ierusalem is the place where men oght to worship 21 Iesus said vnto her Woman beleue me the houre cometh when ye shal nether in this mountaine nor at Ierusalem worship the Father 22 Ye worship that which ye* knowe not we worship that which we knowe for saluation is of the Iewes 23 But the houre cometh and now is when the true worshippers shal worshippe the Father in spirit and trueth for the Father requireth euen suche to worship him 24 * God is a Spirit ād they that worship him must worship him in spirit and trueth 25 The woman said vnto him I know wel that Messias shal come which is called Christ when he is come he wil tell vs all things 26 Iesus said vnto her I am he that speak vnto thee 27 ¶ And vpō that came his disciples and marueiled that he talketh with a woman yet no mā said vnto him What ask est thou or why talkest thou with her 28 The woman then left her waterpot and wēt her way into the Citie and said to the men 29 Come se a man whiche hathe tolde me all things that euer I did is not he the Christ 30 Then they went out of the Citie and came vnto him 31 ¶ In the meane while the disciples prayed him saying Master eat 32 But he said vnto them I haue meat to eat that ye knowe not of 33 Then said the disciples betwene them selues Hathe anie man broght him meat 34 Iesus said vnto them My meat is that I may do the wil of him that sent me and finish his worke 35 Say not ye There are yet foure moneths ād then cometh haruest Beholde I say vnto you Lift vp your eyes loke on the regions * for they are white already vnto haruest 36 And he that reapeth receiueth wages and gathereth frute vnto life eternal that bothe he that soweth and he that reapeth might reioyce together 37 For herein is the saying 〈◊〉 that one soweth and another reapeth 38 I sent you to reape that whereon ye bestowed no labour other men laboured and ye are entred into their labours 39 Now manie of the Samaritans of that citie beleued in him for the saying of the woman which testified He hathe tolde me all things that euer I did 40 Then when the Samaritans were come vnto him they besoght him that he wolde tarie with them and he abode
beleued in him If ye continue in my worde ye are ve rely my disciples 32 And shal knowe the trueth and the trueth shal make you fre 33 They answered him We be Abrahams sede and were neuer bonde to any man why saist thou then Ye shal be made fre 34 Iesus answered them Verely verely I say vnto you that whosoeuer committeth sinne is the * seruant of sinne 35 And the seruant abideth not in the house for euer but the Sonne abideth foreuer 36 If the Sonne therefore shal make you fre ye shal be fre in dede 37 I knowe that ye are Abrahams sede but ye seke to kill me because my worde hathe no place in you 38 I speake that whiche I haue sene with my Father and ye do that which ye haue sene with your Father 39 They answered and said vnto him Abrahā is our Father Iesus said vnto them If ye were Abrahams children ye wolde do the workes of Abraham 40 But now ye go about to kill me a man that haue tolde you the trueth whiche I haue heard of God this did not Abraham 41 Ye do the workes of your Father Then said they to him We are not borne of fornicatiō we haue one Father which is God 42 Therefore Iesus said vnto thē If God were your father then wolde ye loue me for I pro ceded forthe ād came frō God nether came I of my self but he sent me 43 Why do ye not vnderstand my talke because ye can not heare my worde 44 * Ye are of your Father the deuil and the lustes of your Father ye wil do he hathe bene a murtherer from the beginning abode not in the trueth because there is no trueth in him Whē he speaketh a lie then speaketh he of his owne for he is a liar the Father thereof 45 And because I tell you the trueth ye beleue me not 46 Which of you can rebuke me of sinne if I say the trueth why do ye not beleue me 47 * He that is of God heareth Gods wordes ye therefore heare them not because ye are not of God 48 Then answered the Iewes and said vnto him Say we not wel that thou art a Samaritā and hast a deuil 49 Iesus answered I haue not a deuil but I ho nour my Father and ye haue dishonored me 50 And I seke not mine owne praise but there is one that seketh it and iudgeth 51 Verely verely I say vnto you If a man kepe my worde he shal neuer se death 52 Then said the Iewes to him Now knowe we that thou hast a deuil Abraham is dead and the Prophetes and thou saist If a man kepe my worde he shal neuer tast of death 53 Art thou greater then our Father Abraham which is dead and the Prophetes are dead whome makest thou thy self 54 Iesus answered If I honour my self mine ho nour is nothing worthe it is my Father that honoureth me whom ye say that he is your God 55 Yet ye haue not knowen him but I knowe him and if I shulde say I knowe him not I shulde be a liar like vnto you but I knowe him and kepe his worde 56 Your Father Abraham reioyced to se my day and he sawe it and was glad 57 Then said the Iewes vnto him Thou art not yet fiftie yere olde and hast thou sene Abraham 58 Iesus said vnto them Verely verely I say vnto you before Abraham was I am 59 * Then toke they vp stones to cast at him but Iesus hid him self and went out of the Temple CHAP. IX 1 Of him that was borne blinde 11 The confession of him that was borne blinde 39 To what blinde men Christ giueth sight 1 ANd as Iesus passed by he sawe a man which was blinde from his birth 2 And his disciples asked him saying Master who did sinne this man or his parents that he was borne blinde 3 Iesus answered Nether hathe this man sin ned nor his parents but that the workes of God shulde be shewed on him 4 I must worke the workes of him that sent me while it is day the night cometh when no man can worke 5 As long as I am in the world * I am the light of the worlde 6 Assone as he had thus spoken he spate on the grounde and made claye of the spettle and anointed the eyes of the blinde with the clay 7 And said vnto him Go wash in the poole of Siloam which is by interpretation Sent. He went his way therefore and washed and came againe seing 8 Now the neighbours and they that had sene him before when he was blinde said Is not this he that sate and begged 9 Some said This is he and others said He is like him but he him self said I am he 10 Therefore they said vnto him How were thine eyes opened 11 He answered and said The man that is called Iesus made claye and anointed mine eyes and said vnto me Go to the poole of Siloam and wash So I went and washed and receiued sight 12 Then they said vnto him Where is he He said I can not tell 13 ¶ They broght to the Pharises him that was once blinde 14 And it was the Sabbath day when Iesus made the claye and opened his eyes 15 Then againe the Pharises also asked him how he had receiued sight And he said vnto them He laid claye vpon mine eyes and I washed and do se. 16 Then said some of the Pharises This man is not of God because he kepeth not the Sabbath day Others said How can a man that is a sinner do suche miracles and there was a dissension among them 17 Then spake they vnto the blinde againe What saist thou of him because he hath ope ned thine eyes And he said He is a Prophet 18 Then the Iewes did not beleue him that he had bene blinde and receiued his sight vntil they had called the parēts of him that had re ceiued sight 19 And they asked them saying Is this your sonne whome ye say was borne blinde How doeth he now se then 20 His parents answered them and said We know that this is our sonne and that he was borne blinde 21 But by what meanes he now seeth we know not or who hathe opened his eyes can we not tell he is olde ynough aske him he shal answer for himself 22 These wordes spake his parents because they feared the Iewes for the Iewes had ordeined alreadie that if any man did confesse that he was the Christ he shulde be excommunicate out of the Synagogue 23 Therefore said his parēts He is olde ynough aske him 24 Then againe called they the man that had bene blinde and said vnto him Giue glorie vnto God we knowe that this man is a sinner 25 Then he answered and said Whither he be a sinner or no I can not tell one thing I knowe
Father for asmuche as he loued his owne whiche were in the worlde vnto the end he loued them 2 And when supper was done and that the deuil had now put in the heart of Iudas Isca riot Simons sonne to betraye him 3 Iesus knowing that the Father had giuen all things into his hands and that he was come from God and went to God 4 He riseth frome supper and lyeth aside hys vpper garments ād toke a towel and girde him self 5 After that he powred water into a basin and began to wash the disciples fete and to wipe them with the towell wherewith he was girde 6 Then came he to Simon Peter who said to him Lord doest thou wash my fete 7 Iesus answered and sayd vnto hym What I do thou knowest not nowe but thou shalt knowe it hereafter 8 Peter said vnto him Thou shalt neuer washe my fete Iesus answered hym If I wash thee not thou shalt haue no parte with me 9 Simon Peter said vnto him Lord not my fete onely but also the hands and the head 10 Iesus sayd to hym He that is washed nedeth not saue to washe hys fete but is cleane euerie whit and ye are * cleane but not all 11 For he knewe who shuld betraye him therfore said he Ye are not all cleane 12 ¶ So after he had washed their fete and had taken hys garmentes and was set downe againe he sayd vnto them Knowe ye what I haue done to you 13 Ye call me Master and Lord and ye say wel for so am I. 14 If I then your Lorde and Master haue washed your fete ye also ought to washe one anothers fete 15 For I haue gyuen you an example that ye shulde do euen as I haue done to you 16 Verely verely I say vnto you * The seruant is not greater then his master nether the ambassad our greater then he that sent him 17 If ye knowe these things blessed are ye if ye do them 18 ¶ I speake not of you all I knowe whome I haue chosen but it is that the Scripture might be fulfilled * He that eateth breadwith me hathe lift vp his hele against me 19 Frome hence forthe tell I you before it come that when it is come to passe ye might beleue that I am he 20 * Verely verely I saye vnto you If I send anye he that receyueth hym receyueth me and he that receiueth me receiueth him that sent me 21 When Iesus had sayd these 〈◊〉 he was troubled in the Spirite and testified and sayd Verely verely I saye vnto you that one of you shal betraye me 22 * Then the disciples loked one on another douting of whome he spake 23 Nowe there was one of hys disciples whiche leaned on Iesus bosòme whome Iesus loued 24 To hym beckened therefore Symon Peter that he shuld aske who it was of whome he spake 25 He then as 〈◊〉 on Iesus brest sayd vnto him Lord who is it 26 Iesus aunswered He it is to whome I shall gyue a soppe when I haue dipte it and he wet a soppe and gaue it to Iudas Iscariot Simons sonne 27 And after the soppe Satan entred into him Then said Iesus vnto him That thou doest do quickely 28 But none of them that were at table knewe for what cause he spake it vnto him 29 For some of them thoght because Iudas had the bagge that Iesus had said vnto him Bie those things that we haue nede of against the feast or that he shulde giue some thing to the poore 30 Assone then as he had receiued the soppe he went immediatly out and it was night 31 ¶ When he was gone out Iesus said Now is 〈◊〉 Sonne of man glorified and God is glo rified in him 32 If God be glorified in him God shal also glo rifie him in him self and shal straight way glo rifie him 33 Litle children yet a litle while am I with you ye shal seke me but as I said vnto the * 〈◊〉 Whither I go can ye not come also to you say I now 34 * A new commandement giue I vnto you that ye loue one another as I haue loued you that ye also loue one another 35 By this shal all men knowe that ye are my disciples if ye haue loue one to another 36 〈◊〉 Peter said vnto him Lord whither goest thou Iesus answered him Whither I go thou canst not folowe me now but thou shalt followe me afterwardes 37 Peter said vnto him Lord why can I not fol lowe thee now * I wil lay downe my life for thy sake 38 Iesus answered him Wilt thou lay downe thy life for my sake Verely verely I say vnto thee The 〈◊〉 shal not crowe til thou haue denyed me thrise CHAP. XIIII 1 He armeth his disciples with consolation against trouble 2 He ascendeth into heauē to 〈◊〉 vs a place 6 The way the trueth and the life 10 The Father and Christ one 13 How we shulde pray 23 The promes vnto thē that kepe his worde 1 ANd he said to his disciples Let not your hēart be troubled ye beleue in God be leue also in me 2 In my Fathers house are many dwelling places if it were not so I wolde haue tolde you I go to prepare a place for you 3 And thogh I go to prepare a place for you I wil come againe and receiue you vnto my self that where I am there may ye be also 4 And whither I go ye knowe and the way ye knowe 5 Thomas said vnto him Lord we knowe not whither thou goest how can we then knowe the way 6 Iesus said vnto him I am the Way and the Trueth and the Life No man commeth vnto the Father but by me 7 If ye had knowē me ye shulde haue knowē my Father also and from hence for the ye knowe him and haue sene him 8 Philippe said vnto him Lord shewe thy Father and it suffiseth vs. 9 Iesus said vnto him I haue bene so long time with you and hast thou not knowen me Phi lippe he that hathe sene me hathe sene my Father how then saist thou Shewe vs thy Father 10 Beleuest thou not that I am in the Father the Father is in me The wordes that I spea ke vnto you I speake not of my self but the Father that dwelleth in me he doeth the workes 11 Beleue me that I am in the Father and the Father in me at the least beleue me for the very workes sake 12 Verely verely I say vnto you he that beleleueth in me the workes that I do he shal do also and greater then these shal he do for I go vnto my Father 13 * And whatsoeuer ye aske in my Name that wil I do that the Father may be glorified in the Sonne 14 If ye shal aske any thing in my Name
through out all Ioppa and manie beleued in the Lord. 43 And it came to passe that he taryed manie dayes in Ioppa with one Simon a tanner CHAP. X. 3 Cornelius admonished by the Angel 7 He sendeth to Ioppa 11 The vision that Peter sawe 17 How he was sent to Cornelius 19 The Gentiles also receiue the Spirit and are baptized 1 FVrthermore there was a certeine man in Cesarea called Cornelius a captaine of the bande called the Italian bande 2 A deuout man and one that feared God with all his housholde which gaue muche almes to the people and prayed God continually 3 He sawe in a vision euidently about the ninthe houre of the day an Angel of God comming in to him and saying vnto him Cornelius 4 But when he loked on him he was afraid said What is it Lord And he said vnto him Thy prayers and thine almes are come vp into remembrance before God 5 Now therefore send men to Ioppa call for Simon whose surname is Peter 6 He lodgeth with one Simon a tāner whose house is by the sea side he shal tell thee what thou oughtest to do 7 And when the Angel which spake vnto Cor nelius was departed he called two of his seruants and a souldier that feared God one of them that waited on him 8 And tolde them all things and sent them to Ioppa 9 On the morowe as they went on their iorney and drewe nere vnto the citie Peter wēt vp vpon the house to pray about the sixt houre 10 Then waxed he an hungred and wolde haue eaten but while they made some thing readie he fel into a trance 11 And he sawe heauen opened and a certeine vessel come downe vnto him as it had bene a great shete knit at the foure corners and was let downe to the earth 12 Wherein were all maner of foure foted beastes of the earth and wilde beastes and creping things and foules of the heauen 13 And there came a voyce to him Arise Peter kill and eat 14 But Peter said Not so Lord for I haue neuer eaten anything that is polluted or vncleane 15 And the voyce spake vnto him againe the seconde time The things that God hathe purified pollute thou not 16 This was so done thrise and the vessel was drawen vp againe into heauen 17 ¶ Now while Peter douted in him self what this visiō which he had sene meant beholde the men which were sent from Cornelius had inquired for Simons house and stode at the gate 18 And called asked whether Simō which was surnamed Peter were lodged there 19 And while Peter thoght on the vision the Spirit said vnto him Beholde thre men seke thee 20 Arise therefore and get thee downe go with them and doute nothing for I haue sent them 21 ¶ Thē Peter went downe to the men which were sent vnto him frō Cornelius and said Beholde I am he whome ye seke what is the cause wherefore ye are come 22 And they said Cornelius the captaine a iust man and one that feareth God and of good reporte among all the nacion of the Iewes was warned from heauen by an holie Angel to send for thee into his house and to heare thy wordes 23 Then called he them in lodged them and the next day Peter went forthe with them and certeine brethren from Ioppa accompa nied him 24 ¶ And the day after thei entred into Cesarea Now Cornelius waited for them had called together his kinsmen and special friends 25 And it came to passe as Peter came in that Cornelius met him and fel downe at his fete and worshipped him 26 But Peter toke him vp saying Stand vp for euen I my self am a man 27 And as he talked with him he came in and founde manie that were come together 28 And he said vnto them Ye knowe that it is an vnlawful thing for a man that is a lewe to compagnie or come vnto one of another na tion but God hathe shewed me that I shulde not call anie man polluted or vncleane 29 Therefore came I vnto you without saying naye when I was sent for I aske therefore for what intent haue ye sent for me 30 Thē Cornelius said Foure dayes ago about this houre I fasted and at the ninthe houre I praid in mine house and beholde a man stode before me in bright clothing 31 And said Cornelius thy prayer is heard and thine almes are had in remembrance in the sight of God 32 Send therefore to Ioppa and call for Simō whose surname is Peter he is lodged in the house of Simon a tanner by the seaside who when he cometh shal speake vnto thee 33 Then sent I for thee immediatly and thou hast wel done to come Now therefore are we all here present before God to heare all things are commaunded thee of God 34 Then Peter opened his mouth and said Of a trueth I perceiue that * God is no accepter of persones 35 But in euerie nation he that feareth him worketh righteousnes is accepted with him 36 Ye knowe the worde which God hath sent to the childrē of Israel preaching peace by Iesus Christ which is Lord of all 37 Euen the worde which came through all Iudea* beginning in Galile after the baptisme which Iohn preached 38 To wit how God annointed Iesus of Na zaret with the holie Gost and with power who went about doing good and healing all that were oppressed of the deuil for God was with him 39 And we are witnesses of all things which he did bothe in the land of the Iewes and in Ierusalem whome they slewe hanging him on atre 40 Him God raised vp the third day caused that he was shewed openly 41 Not to all the people but vnto the witnesses chosen before of God euen to vs whiche did eat and drinke with him after he arose from the dead 42 And he commaunded vs to preache vnto the people to testifie that it is he that is or deined of God a iudge of quicke and dead 43 To him also giue all the * Prophetes witnes that through his Name all that beleue in him shal receiue remission of sinnes 44 While Peter yet spake these wordes the holie Gost fel on all them which heard the worde 45 So they of the circumcision which beleued were astonied as manie as came with Peter because that on the Gētiles also was powred out the gift of the holie Gost. 46 For they heard them speake with tongues and magnisie God Then answered Peter 47 Can 〈◊〉 man forbid water that these shuld not be baptized which haue receiued the holie Gost as wel as we 48 So he commaunded them to be baptized in the Name of the Lord Then prayed they him to tarie certeine dayes CHAP. XI 4 Peter sheweth the cause wherefore he went
Abraham thogh it appeareth not so to mans eye and for that preferment that the Gētiles haue it procedeth of the liberal mercie of God whiche he at length 〈◊〉 towarde the Iewes againe and so gather the whole Israel which is his Church of them bothe This grounde worke of faith and doctrine layed instructions of Christian maners followe teaching 〈◊〉 man to walke in roundenes of conscience in his vocation with all patience and humblenes reuerencing and obeying magistrate exercising charitie putting of the olde man and putting on Christ bearing with the weake louing one another according to Christs example Finally S. Paul after his commendacions to the brethren exhorteth thē to vnitie and to flee false preachers and flatterers and so concludeth with a prayer CHAP. I. 1 Paul sheweth by whome and to what purpose he is called 13 His ready wil. 16 What the Gospel is 20 The vse of creatures and wherefore they were made 21. 24. The ingratitude peruersitie and punishment of all mankinde 1 PAVLa seruant of IESVSCHRIST called to be an Apostle * put aparte to preache the Gospel of God 2 Which he had pro mised afore by his* Prophetes in the ho lie Scriptures 3 Concerning his Sonne Iesus christ our Lord which was made of the sede of Dauid according to the flesh 4 And declared mightely to be the Sonne of God touching the Spirit of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead 5 By whome we haue receiued grace and Apostleship that obedience might be giuen vnto the faith in his Name among all the Gentiles 6 Among whome ye be also the called of Iesus Christ 7 To all you that be at Rome beloued of God called to be Saints * Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 8 First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ for you all because your faith is published throughout the whole worlde 9 For God is my witnes whome I serue in my spirit in the Gospel of his Sōne that with out ceasing I make mencion of you 10 Alwayes in my prayers beseching that by some meanes one time or other I might haue a prosperous iourney by the wil of God to come vnto you 11 * For I long to se you that I might bestowe among you some spiritual gifte to strengthen you 12 That is that I might be comforted together with you through our mutual faith bothe yours and mine 13 Now my brethren I wolde that ye shulde not be ignorāt how that I haue often times purposed to come vnto you but haue bene lethitherto that I might haue some frute also among you as I haue among the other Gentiles 14 I am detter bothe to the Grecians and to the Barbarians bothe to the wisemen and vnto the vnwise 15 Therfore asmuche as in me is I am ready to preache the Gospel to you also that are at Rome 16 For I am not ashamed of the Gospel of Christ for it is the * power of God vnto saluation to euerie one that beleueth to the Iewe first and also to the Grecian 17 For by it the iuste righteousnes of God is reueiled from faith to faith as it is written * The iuste shal liue by faith 18 For the wrath of God is reueiled from heauen against all vngodlines and vnrighteousnes of men which with holde the trueth in vnrighteousnes 19 Forasmuche as that which may be knowen of God is manifest in them for God hathe shewed it vnto them 20 For the inuisible things of him that is his eternal power and Godhead are sene by the creation of the worlde being considered in his workes to the intent that they shulde be without excuse 21 * Because that when they knewe God they glorified him not as God nether were thankeful but became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was ful of darkenes 22 When they professed them selues to be wise they became fooles 23 For thei turned the glorie of the incorruptible God to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man and of birdes and foure foted beastes and of creeping things 24 Wherefore also God gaue them vp to their hearts lustes vnto vnclennes to defile their owne bodies betwene them selues 25 Which turned the trueth of God vnto a lie and worshipped and serued the creature * forsaking the Creator which is blessed for euer Amen 26 For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections for euen their women did change the natural vse into that which is against nature 27 And likewise also the men left the natural vse of the woman and burned in their lusteone towarde another and man with man wroght filthines and receiued in them selues suche recōpense of their errour as was mete 28 For as thei regarded not to knowe God euen so God deliuered them vp vnto a reprobat minde to do those things which are not conuenient 29 Being ful of all vnrighteousnes fornicatiō wickednes coueteousnes maliciousnes full of enuie of murther of debat of disceite taking al things in the euil parte whisperers 30 Backebiters haters of God doers of wrōg proude boasters inuenters of euil things disobedient to parents without vnderstanding couenant breakers without natural affection suche as can neuer be appeased merciles 31 Which men thogh they knewe the Law of God how that they which commit suche things are worthie of death yet not one ly do the same but also fauour them that do them CHAP. II. 1 He feareth the hypocrites with Gods iudgemēt 7 And comforteth the faithful 12 To beat done all vaine pretence of ignorance holines and of alliance with God he proueth all men to be sinners 15 The Gentiles by their conscience 17 The Iewes by the Law written 1 THerefore thou art inexcusable ô man whosoeuer thou art that iudgest * for in that that thou iudgest another thou condēnest thy self for thou that iudgest doest the same things 2 But we knowe that the iudgement of God is according to trueth against them which commit suche things 3 And thinkest thou this ô thou man that iud gest them which do suche things and doest the same that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God 4 Ordespisest thou the riches of his bountifulnes and * pacience and long sufferance not knowing that the boūtifulnes of GOD leadeth thee to repentance 5 But thou after thine hardnes and heart that can not repent * heapest vnto thy self wrath against the day of wrath and of the declaration of the iuste iudgement of God 6 * Who wil rewarde euerie man according to his workes 7 That is to them which by continuance in wel doing seke glorie and honour and immortalitie eternal life 8 But vnto them that are
this I praise you not 23 For I haue receiued of the Lord that which I also haue deliuered vnto you to wit That the Lord Iesus in the night that he was betrayed to ke bread 24 * And when he had giuen thākes he brake it and said Take eat this is my bodie which is broken for you this do ye in remembrāce of me 25 After the same maner also he toke the cup when he had supped saying This cup is the Newe testament in my blood this do as oft as ye drinke it in remembrance of me 26 For as often as ye shal eat this bread and drinke this cup ye shewe the Lords death til he come 27 Wherefore whosoeuer shal eat this bread and drinke the cup of the Lord vn worthely shal be giltie of the bodie blood of the Lord. 28 * Let a man therefore examine him self and so let him eat of this bread drinke of this cup. 29 For he that eateth and drinketh vnworthely eateth drinketh his owne damnatiō because he discerneth not the Lords bodie 30 For this cause many are weake and sicke among you and many slepe 31 For if we wolde iudge our selues we shulde not be iudged 32 But when we are iudged we are chastened of the Lord because we shulde not be condemned with the worlde 33 Wherefore my brethren when ye come together to eat tary one for another 34 And if any man be hungrie let him eat at home that ye come not together vnto condemnation Other things will I set in order when I come CHAP. XII The 〈◊〉 of the giftes of the holie Gost ought to be vsed to the edifying of Christs Church 12 As the mem bres of mans bodie serue to the vse one of another 1 NOw cōcerning spiritual giftes brethrē I wolde not haue you ignorant 2 Ye knowe that ye were Gentiles and were caryed away vnto the domme idoles as ye were led 3 Wherefore I declare vnto you that no man* speaking by the Spirit of God calleth Iesus * execrable also no man can say that Iesus is the Lord but by the holie Gost. 4 Now there are diuersities of giftes but the same Spirit 5 And there are diuersities of administrations but the same Lord. 6 And there are diuersities of operations but God is the same which worketh all in all 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is giuen to euerie man to profit with all 8 For to one is giuen by the Spirit the worde of wisdome and to another the worde of knowledge by the same Spirit 9 And to another is giuen faith by the same Spirit and to another the giftes of healing by the same Spirit 10 And to another the operations of great workes and to another prophecie and to another the discerning of spirits and to another diuersities of tongues and to another the interpretation of tongues 11 * And all these things worketh euen the self same Spirit distributing to euerie man seuerally as he wil. 12 For as the bodie is one and hathe many mē bres all the membres of the bodie which is one thogh they be many yet are but one bodie euen so is Christ. 13 For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one bodie whether we be Iewes or Grecians whether we be bonde or fre and haue bene all made to drinke into one Spirit 14 For the bodie also is not one member but many 15 If the fote wolde say Because I am not the hand I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 16 And if the eare wolde say Because I am not the eye I am not of the bodie is it therefore not of the bodie 17 If the whole bodie were an eye where were the hearing If the whole were hearing where were the smelling 18 But now hathe God disposed the membres euerie one of them in the bodie at his owne pleasure 19 For if they were all one member where were the bodie 20 But now are there manie members yet but one bodie 21 And the eye can not say vnto the hand I haue no nede of thee nor the head againe to the fete I haue no nede of you 22 Yea muche rather those membres of the bodie which seme to be more feble are necessarie 23 And vpon those membres of the bodie which we thinke moste vnhonest put we more honestie on and our vncomelie partes haue more comelines on 24 For our comelie partes nede it not but God hathe tempered the 〈◊〉 together hathe giuen the more honour to that parte which lacked 25 Left there shulde be anie diuision in the bodie but that the members shulde haue the same care one for another 26 Therefore if one member suffer all suffer with it if one member be had in honour all the membres reioyce with it 27 Now ye are the bodie of Christ and membres for your parte 28 * And God hathe ordeined some in the Church as first Apostles secondly Prophe tes thirdly teachers then them that do mira cles after that the giftes of healing helpers gouernours diuersitie of tonges 29 Are all Apostles are all Prophetes are all teachers 30 Are all doers of miracles haue all the giftes of healing do all speake with tongues do all interprete 31 But desire you the best gifts and I wil yet shewe you a more excellent way CHAP. XIII Because loue is the fountaine rule of edifying the Church he setteth forthe the nature office and praise thereof 1 THogh I speake with the tongues of men and Angels and haue not loue I am as sounding brasse or a tinkling cymbal 2 And thogh I had the gift of prophecie and knewe all secretes and all knowledge yea if had all faith so that I colde remoue * mountaines and had not loue I were nothing 3 And thogh I fede the poore with all my goods and thogh I giue my bodie that I be burned and haue not loue it profiteth me nothing 4 Loue suffreth long it is bountiful loue enuieth not loue doeth not boast it self it is not puffed vp 5 It disdaineth not it seketh not her owne things it is not prouoked to anger it thinketh not euil 6 It reioyceth not in iniquitie but reioyceth in the trueth 7 It Suffreth all things it beleueth all things it hopeth all things it endureth all things 8 Loue doeth neuer fall away thogh that pro phecyings be abolished or the tōgues cease or knowledge vanish away 9 For we knowe in parte and we prophecie in parte 10 But when that which is perfite is come then that which is in parte shal be abolished 11 When I was a childe I spake as a childe I vnderstode as a childe I thoght as a childe but when I became a mā I put
minister by the gifte of the grace of God giuen vnto me* through the working of his power 8 * Euen vnto me the least of all Saintes is this grace giuen that I shulde preache among the * Gentiles the vnsearcheable riches of Christ 9 And to make cleare vnto all men what the felowship of the * mysterie is which frō the beginning of the worlde hathe bene hid in God who hathe created all things by Iesus Christ 10 To the intēt that now vnto principalities and powers in heauenlie places might be knowen by the Church the manifolde wisdome of God 11 According to the eternal purpose which he wroght in Christ Iesus our Lord. 12 By whome we haue boldnes and entrance with confidence by faith in him 13 Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for your sakes which is your glorie 14 For this cause I bowe my knees vnto the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ 15 Of whome is named the whole familie in heauen and in earth 16 That he might grante you according to the riches of his glorie that ye may be strengthned by his Spirit in the inner man 17 That Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith that ye being rooted and grounded in loue 18 May be able to comprehend with all Saintes what is the breadth length depth and height 19 And to knowe the loue of Christ which pas seth knowledge that ye may be filled with all fulnes of God 20 * Vnto him therefore that is able to do exceading abundantly aboue all that we aske or thinke according to the power that wor keth in vs 21 Be praise in the Church by Christ Iesus throughout all generations for euer Amen CHAP. IIII. He exhorteth themvnto mekenes long suffering vnto loue and peace 3 Euerie one to serue and edifie another with the gift that God hathe giuen him 14 To beware of strange doctrine 22 To lay aside the olde conuersation of griedie lustes and to walke in a newe life 1 I * Therefore being prisoner in the Lord praye you that ye walke worthie of the vo cation whereunto ye are called 2 With all humblenes of minde and mekenes with long suffring supporting one another through loue 3 Endeuoring to kepe the vnitie of the Spirit in the bonde of peace 4 There is one bodie and one Spirit euen as ye are called in one hope of your vocation 5 There is one Lord one Faith one Baptisme 6 * One God and Father of all which is aboue all and through al in you all 7 * But vnto euerie one of vs is giuen grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. 8 Wherefore he saith * When he ascended vp on hie he led captiuitie captiue and gaue giftes vnto men 9 Now in that he ascended what is it but that he had also descēded first into the louest partes of the earth 10 He that descended is euen the same that ascended farre aboue all heauens that he might fill all things 11 * He therefore gaue some to be Apostles and some Prophetes and some Euangelistes and some Pastours and Teachers 12 For the gathering together of the Saintes for the worke of the ministerie and for the edification of the bodie of Christ. 13 Till we all mete together in the vnitie of faith and knowledge of the Sonne of God vnto a perfite man and vnto the measure of the age of the fulnes of Christ. 14 That we hence forthe be no more children waueringe and caryed about with euerie winde of doctrine by the deceit of men and with craftines wherby the laye in waite to deceiue 15 But let vs followe the trueth in loue and in all things growe vp into him whiche is the head that is Christ. 16 By whome all the bodie being coupled and knit together by euerie ioynt for the furniture thereof according to the effectuall power whiche is in the measure of euerie parte receiueth increase of the bodie vnto the edifying of it self in loue 17 This I say therefore and testifie in the Lord that ye henceforthe walke not as * other Gentiles walke in vanitie of their minde 18 Hauing their cogitation darkened being strangers from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them because of the hardenes of their heart 19 Which being past * feling haue giuen thē selues vnto 〈◊〉 to worke all vnclennes euen with griedines 20 But ye haue not so learned Christ. 21 If so be ye haue heard him and haue bene taught by him as the trueth is in Iesus 22 That is * that ye cast of concernyng the conuersatiō in time past the olde man whiche is corrupt through deceiueable lustes 23 And be renewed in the spirit of your minde 24 * And put on the new man whiche after God is created in righteousnes and true holines 25 * Wherefore cast of lying and speake euerie man trueth vnto his neighbour for we are members one of another 26 * Be angry but sinne not let not the sunne go downe vpon you wrath 27 * Nether giue place to the deuil 28 Let hym that stole steale no more but let him rather labour and worke with hys hāds the thing which is good that he may haue to giue vnto him that nedeth 29 * Let no corrupt communication procede out of your mouth but that whiche is good to the vse of edifying that it may minister grace vnto the hearers 30 And grieue not the holie Spirit of God by whome ye are sealed vnto the day of redēption 31 Let all bitternes and angre and wrath crying and euil speaking be put away from you with all maliciousnes 32 * Be ye courteous one to another and tender hearted forgiuing one another euen as God for Christs sake forgaue you CHAP. V. 2 He exhorteth them vnto loue 3 Warneth them to beware of vnclennes couetousnes foolish talking and false doctrine 17 To be circumspecte 18 To auoide dronkennes 19 To reioyce and to be thākefull towarde God 21 To submit them selues one to another 22 He entrea teth of corporall mariage and of the spirituall betwixt Christ and his Churche 1 BE ye therefore followers of God as dere children 2 * And walke in loue euen as Christe hathe loued vs and hathe giuen himself for vs to be an offring and a sacrifice of a swete smel ling sauour to God 3 * But fornication and all vnclennes or coueto usnes let it not be once named among you as it becometh Saintes 4 Nether filthines nether foolish talking nether iesting which are thing not comelie but rather giuing of thankes 5 For this ye knowe that no whoremonger nether vncleane persone nor
and loue and of the hope of saluation for an helmet 9 For God hathe not appointed vs vnto wrath but to obteine saluation by the meanes of our Lord Iesus Christ. 10 Which dyed for vs that whether we wake or slepe we shulde liue together with him 11 Wherefore exhorte one another and edifie one another 12 Now we beseche you brethren that ye knowe them which labour among you and are ouer you in the Lord admonish you 13 That ye haue them in singular loue for their workes sake Be at peace among your selues 14 We desire you bethren admonish them that are vnrulie comforte the feble minded beare with the weake by pacient towarde all men 15 * Se that none recompense euil for euil vnto any man but euer followe that which is good bothe towarde your selues and towarde all men 16 Reioyce euermore 17 * Pray continually 18 In all things giue thankes for this is the wil of God in Christ Iesus to warde you 19 Quench not the Spirit 20 Despise not prophecying 21 Trye 〈◊〉 things and kepe that which is good 22 Abstaine from all appearance of euil 23 Now the verie God* of peace sanctifie you throughout and I pray God that your whole spirit and soule bodie may be kept blameles vnto the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ. 24 * Faithful is he which calleth you which wil also do it 25 Brethren pray for vs. 26 Grete 〈◊〉 the brethren with and holie kisse 27 I chargey 〈◊〉 the Lord that this epistle be red vnto all the brethren the Saintes 28 The grace of our Lord Iesus Christ be with you Amen The first epistle vnto de Thessalonians written from Athens THE SECONDE EPISTLE to the Thessalonians THE ARGVMENT LEst the Thessalonians shulde thinke that Paul neglected them because he went to other places rather then came to them 〈◊〉 writteth vnto them and exhorteth thē to pacience and other frutes of faith nether to be moued with that vaine opinion of suche as taught that the comming of Christ was at hand for asmuch as before that day there shulde 〈◊〉 a fallyng away from true religion euen by a great parte of the worlde and that Antichrist shulde reigne in the Temple of God finally commending him self to their prayers and encouraging them to constancie he will eth them to correct suche sharpely is liue idelly of other mens labours whome if they do not obey his 〈◊〉 he cōmādeth to excōmunicate CHAP. I. 3 He thanketh God for their faith loue and pacience 11 He praieth for the encrease of the same 12 And sheweth what frute shal come thereof 1 PAVL and Siluanus and Timotheus vnto the Churche of the Thessalonians whiche is in GOD our Father ād in the Lord Iesus Christ. 2 Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 * We ought to thanke God alwayes for you brethrē as it is mete because that your faith groweth excedingly and the loue of euerie one of you towarde another abundeth 4 So that we our selues reioyce of you in the Churches of God because of your paciēce and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye suffre 5 * Whiche is a token of the righteous iud gemēt of God that ye may be counted worthie of the kingdome of God for the which ye also suffre 6 For it is a righteous thyng with God to recōpense tribulation to thē that trouble you 7 And to you which are troubled rest with vs * when the Lord Iesus shall shewe him selfe from heauen with his mightie Angels 8 In flamyng fyre rendryng vengeance vnto them that do not knowe God and whiche obey not vnto the Gospel of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 Which shal be punished with euerlastyng perdition from the presence of the Lorde and from the glorie of his power 10 When he shall come to be glorified in hys Saintes and to be made marueilous in al thē that beleue because our testimonie toward you was beleued in that day 11 Wherefore we also praye alwayes for you that our God may make you worthie of his callyng and fulfill all the good pleasure of his goodnes and the worke of faith with power 12 That the Name of our Lorde Iesus Christe may be glorified in you and ye in him according to the grace of our God and of the Lord Iesus Christ. CHAP. II. 3 He sheweth them that the day of the Lord shal not come till the departyng from the faith come first 9 And the kingdome of Antichrist 15 And therefore he exhorteth thē not to be deceiued but to stand stedfast inthe things that he hathe taught them 1 NOw we beseche you brethren by the comming of our Lord Iesus Christ and by our assembling vnto him 2 That ye be not suddenly moued from your minde nortroubled nether by spirit nor by worde nor by letter as it were from vs as thogh the daye of Christ were at hand 3 * Let no man deceiue you by any meanes for that day shal not come except there come a departing first and that that man of sinne be disclosed euen the sonne of perdition 4 Which is an aduersarie and exalted him self against all that is called God or that is worshipped so that he doeth sit as God in the Temple of God shewing himself that he is God 5 Remember ye not that when I was yet with you I tolde you these things 6 And now ye knowe what with holdeth that he might be reueiled in his time 7 For the mysterie of iniquitie doeth alreadie worke onely he which now with holdeth shal let til he be taken out of the waye 8 And then shal the wicked man be reueiled * whome the Lord shal consume with the Spirit of his mouth and shal abolish with the brightnes of his comming 9 Euen him whose comming is by the wor king of Satan with all power and signes and lying wonders 10 And in all deceiueablenes of vnrighteousnes among them that perish because they receiued not the loue of the trueth that thei might be saued 11 And therfore God shal send them strong de lusion that they shulde beleue lyes 12 That all they might be damned which bele ued not the trueth but had pleasure in vnto righteousnes 13 But we ought to giue thākes alwaye to God for you brethren beloued of the Lord because that God hathe from the beginning chosen you to saluacion through sanctification of the Spirit and the faith of trueth 14 Whereunto he called you by our Gospel to obteine the glorie of our Lord IESVS Christ. 15 Therefore brethren stand fast and kepe the instructions which ye haue bene taught ether by worde or by our Epistle 16 Now the same Iesus Christ
inuisible vnto God onely wise be honour and glorie for euer and euer Amen 18 This commandement commit I vnto thee sonne Timotheus according to the prophecies which went before vpon thee that thou by them shuldest * fight a good fight 19 Hauing faith and a good consciēce whiche some haue put away and as concerning faith haue made ship wracke 20 Of whome is Himeneus and Alexander * whome I haue deliuered vnto Satan that they might learne not to blaspheme CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth to pray for all men 4 wherefore 8 And how 9 As touching the apparel and modestie of women 1 IExhorte therefore that first of al supplicacions praiers intercessions and giuing of thankes be made for all men 2 For Kings and for all that are in autoritie that we may lead a quiet and a peaceable life in all godlines and honestie 3 For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Sauiour 4 * Who will that all men shal be saued and come vnto the knowledge of the trueth 5 For there is one God and one Mediator betwene God and man which is the man Christ Iesus 6 Who gaue him self a raunsome for all men to be a testimonie in due time 7 * Whereunto I am ordeined a preacher and an Apostle I speake the trueth in Christ ād lie not euen a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and veritie 8 I wil therefore that the men pray euerie where lifting vp pure hands without wrath or douting 9 * Like wise also the women that they araye them selues in comelie apparel with shamefastnes ād modestie not with broyded heare or pearles or costlie apparel 10 But as be commeth women that professe the feare of God with good workes 11 Let the woman learne in silence with all sub iection 12 I permit not a woman to teache nether to vsurpe autoritie ouer the man but to be in silence 13 For Adam was first formed then Eue. 14 And Adam was not deceiued but the woman was deceiued and was in the transgression 15 Not withstanding through bearing of children she shal be saued if they continue in faith and loue and holines with modestie CHAP. III. 2 He declareth what is the office of ministers 11 And as touching their families 15. The dignitie of the Church 16 And the principal point of the heauenlie doctrine 1 THis is a true saying * If any man desire the office of a bishoppe he desireth a worthie worke 2 A bishop therefore must be vnreproueable the housband of one wife watching sober modest harberous apt to teache 3 Not giuen to wine no striker not giuen to filthie lucre but gentle no fighter not couetous 4 One that can rule his owne house honestly hauing children vnder obedience with all honestie 5 For if any can not rule his owne house how shal be care for the Church of God 6 He may not be a yong scholer lest he being puffed vp fall into the condemnation of the deuil 7 He must also be wel reported of euen of the which are without lest he fall into rebuke and the snare of the deuil 8 Like wise must deacons be honest not dou ble tongued not giuen vnto muche wine nether to filthie lucre 9 Hauing the mysterie of the faith in pure conscience 10 And let them first be proued then let them minister if they be founde blameles 11 Like wise their wiues must be honest not euil speakers but sober and faithful in all things 12 Let the deacons be the housbands of one wife and suche as can rule their childrē wel and their owne housholdes 13 For they that haue ministred wel get them selues a good degre and great libertie in the faith which is in Christ Iesus 14 These things write I vnto thee trusting to come very shortely vnto thee 15 But if I tary long that thou maist yet know how thou oghtest to be haue thy selfe in the house of God whiche is the Churche of the liuing God the pillar grounde of trueth 16 And without controuersie great is the mysterie of godlines whiche is God is manifested in the flesh iustified in the Spirite sene of Angels preached vnto the Gentiles beleued on in the worlde and receiued vp in glorie CHAP. IIII. 2 He teacheth him what doctrine be ought to flee 6. 8. 11. And what to followe 15 And wherein ought to exercise himself continually 1 NOw the Spirit speaketh euidently that in the * latter times some shall departe from the faith and shal giue hede vnto spirits of errour and doctrines of deuils 2 Whiche speak elyes through hypocrisie haue their consciēces burned with an hore yron 3 Forbidding to marie and commandyng to absteine from meats which God hath created to be receiued with giuyng thankes of them whiche beleue and knowe the trueth 4 For euerie creature of God is good and nothing ought to be refused if it be receiued with thank esgiuing 5 For it is sanctified by the worde of God and prayer 6 If thou put the brethren in remembrance of these things thou shalt be a good minister of Iesus Christ whiche hast bene nourished vp in the wordes of faith and of good doctrine which thou hast continually followed 7 * But cast away prophane and olde wiues fables and exercise thy 〈◊〉 vnto godlines 8 For bodelie exercise profiteth litle but godlines is profitable vnto 〈◊〉 which hathe the promes of the life present and of that that is to come 9 This is a true saying and by al meanes worthie to be receiued 10 For therefore we labour and are rebuked because we trust in the liuing God whiche is the Sauiour of all men specially of those that beleue 11 These things commande and teache 12 Let no man despise thy youth but be vnto them that beleue an ensample in worde in conuersation in loue in spirit in faith in purenes 13 Til I come giue attendance to reading to exhortation and to doctrine 14 Despise not the gift that is in thee which was giuen thee by prophecie with the laying on of the hands of the companie of the Eldership 15 These things exercise and giue thy self vn to them that it may be sene how thou profitest among all men 16 Take hede vnto thy self and vnto learning continue therein for in doing this thou shalt bothe saue thy self and them that heare thee CHAP. V. 1 He teacheth him how he shal behaue him self in rebuking all degrees 3 An ordre concerning widowes 17 The establishing of ministers 23 The gouuernance of his bodie 24 And the iudgement of sinnes 1 REbuke not an elder but exhort him as a father and the yonger men as brethren 2 The elder women as
contentions curious disputations and vaine questions to the intēt that his doctrine may al together edifie Considering that the examples of Hymeneus and Philetus which subuerted the true doctrine of the resurre ction were so horrible yet to the intent that no man shulde be offended at their fall being men of autoritie inestima tion he sheweth that all that professe Christ are not his that the Churche is subiect to this calamitie that the euill must dwel among the good til Gods trial come yet he reserueth them whom he hathe elected euen to the end And that Timotheus shulde not be discouraged by the wicked he declareth what abominable men and dangerous times shall followe willing him to arme him self with the hope of the good yssue that God wil giue vnto his to exercise him self diligētly in the Scriptures bothe against the aduersaries and for the vtilitie of the Churche desiring him to come to hym for certeine necessarie affaires and so with his and others salutations endeth CHAP. I. 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnes and pacience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught him 12 Whereof his bonds and afflictions were agage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christ by the will of God accordyng to the promes of life whiche is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timotheus my beloued sonne Grace mercie and peace from God the Father and from Iesus Christ our Lord. 3 I thanke God * whome I serue from mine elders with pure conscience that without ceasing I haue remembrance of thee in my prayers night and day 4 Desiring to se thee mindful of thy teares that I may be filled with ioye 5 When I call to remembrance the vnfained faith that is in thee whiched welt first in thy grandmother Lois and in this mother Eunice and am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherefore I put thee in remembrance that thou stirre vp the gifte of God whiche is in thee by the putting on of mine hands 7 For God hathe not giuen to vs the Spirit of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde minde 8 Be not therefore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lord nether of me his prisoner but be partaker of the afflictions of the Gospel according to the power of God 9 Who hathe saued vs and called vs with an * holie calling not according to our* workes but according to his owne purpose grace which was giuen to vs through Christ Iesus before the * worlde was 10 But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Sauiour Iesus Christ who hathe abolished death and hathe broght life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospel 11 * Whereunto I am appointed a preacher Apostle and ateacher of the Gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffre these things but I am not ashamed for I knowe whome I haue beleued and I am persuaded that he is able to kepe that whiche I haue cōmitted to him against that day 13 Kepe the true paterne of the wholsome wordes whiche thou hast heard of me in faith and loue whiche is in Christ Iesus 14 That worthie thing which was committed to thee kepe through the holie Gost whiche dwelleth in vs. 15 This thou knowest that all they which are in Asia be turned from me of whiche sorte are Phygellus and Hermogenes 16 The Lorde giue mercie vnto the house of One siphorus for he oftrefreshed me was not ashamed of my chaine 17 But when he was at Rome he soght me out verie diligently and founde me 18 The Lord grant vnto him that he may finde mercie with the Lord at that day and in how manie things he hathe ministred vnto me at Ephesus thou knowest verie wel CHAP. II. 2 He exhorteth him to be constant in trouble to suffer manly to abyde faste in the wholsome doctrine of our Lord Iesus Christ. 11 Shewing him the fidelitie of Gods counsel touching the saluation of his 19 And the marke thereof 1 THou therfore my sonne be strong in the grace that is in Christ Iesus 2 And what things thou hast heard of me by manie witnesses the same deliuer to faithfull men whiche shal be able to teache other also 3 Thou therefore suffer afflictions as a good souldier of Iesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth entangleth hym self with the affaires of this life because he wolde please him that hathe chosen hym to be a souldier 5 And if anie man also striue for a masterie he is not crowned excepthe striue as he ought to do 6 The housband man must labour before he receiue the frutes 7 Consider what I say and the Lord giue thee vnderstanding in all things 8 Remember that Iesus Christ made of the sede of Dauid was raised againe from the dead accordyng to my Gospel 9 Wherein I suffer trouble an euil doer ouen vnto bondes but the worde of God is not bounde 10 Therefore I suffer all things for the * elects sake that they might also obteine the the saluation which is in Christ Iesus with eternal glorie 11 It is a true saying For if we be* dead wyth him we also shal liue with him 12 If we suffer we shal also reigne with hym * if we denie him he also wil denie vs. 13 If* we beleue not yet abideth he faithful he can not denie him self 14 Of these thyngs put them in remembrance and protest before the Lord that they striue not aboute wordes whiche is to no profit but to the peruerting of the hearers 15 Studie to she we thy selfe approued vnto God a workeman that nedeth not to be asha med diuiding the worde of trueth a right 16 * Stay prophane and vaine bablings for they shal encrease vnto more vngo 〈◊〉 17 And their worde shall fret as a cancre of which sorte is Hymeneus and Philetus 18 Whiche as concernyng the trueth haue erred saying that the resurrection is past already and do destroye the faith of certeine 19 But the fundation of God remayneth sure and hathe thys seale The LORD knoweth who are his and Let euerie one that calleth on the Name of Christ departe frome iniquitie 20 Notwithstanding in a great house are not onely vessels of Golde and of Siluer but also of wood and of earth and some for honour and some vnto dishonour 21 If anie man therefore purge him selfe from these he shal be a vessel vnto honour sanctified and mete for the Lord and prepared vn to euerie good worke 22 Flee also frome the lustes of youth and followe after ryghteousnes fayth loue and peace with them that* cal on the Lord with pure heart 23 * And put away foolish and vnlearned que stions knowing that they in gendre strife 24 But the seruant of the Lord
that loue him 6 But ye haue despised the poore Do not the riche oppresse you by tyrannie and do not they drawe you before the iudgemēt seates 7 Do not they blaspheme the worthie Name after which ye be named 8 But if ye fulfill the royal Law accordyng to the Scripture whiche saith * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self ye do wel 9 * But if ye regarde the persones ye commit sinne and are rebuked of the Law as transgressours 10 For* whosoeuer shal kepe the whole Law and yet faileth in one point he is giltie of all 11 For he that said * Thou shalt not commit adulterie said also Thou shalt not kill Now thoghthou do est none adulterie yet if thou killest thou art a transgressor of the Law 12 So speake ye and so do as they that shal be iudged by the Law of libertie 13 For there shal be iudgement merciles to him that sheweth no mercie and mercie reioyceth against iudgement 14 What auaileth it my brethren thogh a man saith he hathe faith when he hath no workes can the faith saue him 15 For if a brother or sister be* naked and destitute of dailie fode 16 And one of you say vnto them Departe in peace warme your selues and fill your bellies not withstandyng ye giue thē not those things which are nedeful to the bodie what helpeth it 17 Euen so the fayth if it haue no workes is dead in it self 18 But some man myght saye Thou haste the faith and I haue workes shewe me thy faith out of thy workes and I will shewe thee my faith by my workes 19 Thou beleuest that there is one GOD thou doest wel the deuils also beleueit and tremble 20 But wilt thou vnderstand ô thou vaine mā that the fayth whiche is without workes is dead 21 Was not Abraham our Father iustified through workes when he offred Isaac hys sonne vpon the Altar 22 Seest thou not that the fayth wroght with his workes ād through the workes was the faith made persite 23 And the Scripture was fulfilled which saith * Abraham beleued God and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes and was called the friend of God 24 Ye se then howe that of workes a man is iustified and not of faith onely 25 Likewise also was not * Rahab the harlot iustified through workes when she hadreceiued the messengers and sent them out an other waye 26 For as the bodie without the spirit is dead euen so the fayth without workes is dead CHAP. III. 2 He forbiddeth all ambition to seke honour aboue our brethren 3 He describeth the propertie of the tongue 15 16 And what difference there is betwixt the wisdome of God and the wisdome of the worlde 1 MY brethren be not manye masters knowing that we shal receiue the greater condemnation 2 For in manie things we sinne all * If anie man sinne not in worde he is a perfect man and able to bridel all the bodie 3 Beholde we put bits into the horses mouthes that they shulde obey vs and we turne about all their bodie 4 Beholde also the shippes which thogh they be so greate and are driuen of fierce windes yet are they turned aboute wyth a verye smale rudder whethersoeuer the gouerner lysteth 5 Euen so the tongue is a litle member and boasteth of great things beholde how great a thing a litle fyre kindleth 6 And the tongue is fyre yea a worlde of wyckednes so is the tongue set among our membres that it defileth the whole bodye and setteth on fire the course of nature and it is set on fyre of hel 7 For the whole nature of beastes and of birdes and of crepyng thyngs and thyngs of the sea is tamed and hath bene tamed of the nature of man 8 But the tongue can no mantame It is an vnrulie euil ful of deadelye poyson 9 Therewith blesse we God euen the Father ād there with curse wemen which are made after the similitude of God 10 Out of one mouth proceadeth blessings ād cursing my brethrē these thyngs ought not so to be 11 Doeth a fountaine send forthe at one place swete water and bytter 12 Can the figge tre my brethren bring forthe oliues other a vine figges so can no foūtaine make bothe salte water and swete 13 Who is a wyse man and endued with knowledge amonge you let hym shewe by good conuersation hys workes in mekenes of wisdome 14 But if ye haue bitter enuying and strife in your hearts reioyce not nether be lyers against the trueth 15 This wisdome descendeth not from aboue but is earthlie sensual and diuelish 16 For where enuying and strife is there is sedition and all maner of euill workes 17 But the wisdome that is frome aboue is first pure then peaceable gentle easie to be entreated ful of mercie ād good frutes with out iudging and without hypocrisie 18 And the frute of ryghteousnes is sowen in peace of them that make peace CHAP. IIII. 1 Hauing shewed the cause of all wrong and wickednes and also of all graces and goodnes 4 He exhorteth them to loue God 7 And submit them selues to him 11 Not speaking euil of their neighbours 13 But patiently to depend on Gods prouidence 1 FRom whence are warres ād contentions among you are they not hence euen of your lustes that fight in your members 2 Ye luste and haue not ye enuie and haue indignation and can not obteyne ye fight and warre and get nothing because ye aske not 3 Ye aske and receyue not because ye aske amisse that ye myght consume it on your lustes 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses knowe ye not that the amitie of the worlde is the eni mitie of God * Whosoeuer therefore wil be a friend of the worlde maketh him selfe the enemie of God 5 Do ye thinke that the Scripture sayth in vaine The spirit that dwelleth in vs lusteth after enuie 6 But the Scripture offereth more grace ād therefore sayth * God resisteth the proude and giueth grace to the humble 7 * Submit your selues to God resist the deuil and he wil flee from you 8 Drawe nere to God and he will drawe nere to you Clense your hands ye sinners ād pur ge your hearts ye wauering minded 9 Suffer afflictions and soro we ye and wepe let your laughter be turned into mournyng and your ioye into heauines 10 * Cast downe your selues before the Lord and he wil lift you vp 11 Speake not euill one of another brethren He that speaketh euill of hys brother or he that condemneth his brother speaketh euill of the Law and condemneth the Law and if thou condemnest the Law thou art not an obseruer of the Law but a iudge 12 There is one Law giuer whiche is
shal receiue an incorruptible crowne of glorie 5 Like wise ye yonger submit your selues vnto the elders and submit your selues euerie man one to another * decke your selues in wardely in low lines of minde for God * resisteth the proud giueth grace to the hūble 6 Humble * your selues therefore vnder the mightie hand of God that he may exalt you in due time 7 Cast * all your care on him for he careth for you 8 Be sober and watch for * your aduersarie the deuil as a roaring lyon walk eth about seking whome he may deuoure 9 Whome resist sted fast in the faith knowing that the same afflictions are accomplished in your brethren which are in the worlde 10 And the God of all grace which hath called vs vnto his eternal glorie by Christ Iesus after that ye haue suffred a litel make you perfect cōfirme strengthen stablish you 11 To him be glorie and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 By Siluanus a faithful brother vnto you as I suppose haue I writen briefly exhorting and testifying how that this is the true grace of God where in ye stand 13 The Church that is at Babylon elected to gether with you saluteth you and Marcus my sonne 14 Grete ye one another with the * kysse of loue Peace be with you all which are in Christ Iesus Amen THE SECONDE EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT THe effect of the Apostle here is to exhorte them which haue once 〈◊〉 the true faith of 〈◊〉 to stande to the same euen to the last breath also that God by his effectual grace towardesmen moueth them to holines of life in punishing the hypocrites which abuse his Name and in increasing his gifts in the godlie wherefore by godlie life he being now almost at deaths dore exhorteth them to approue their vocation not setting their affection on worldlie things as he had oft writ vnto them but lifting their eyes towarde heauen as they be taught by the Gospel whereof he is a cleare witnes chiefly in that he heard with his owne eares that Christ was proclaimed from heauen to be the Sonne of God as likewise the Prophetes testified And lest they shulde promise to them selues quietnes by professing the Gospel he warneth them bothe of troubles which they shulde susteine by the false teachers and also by the mockers and 〈◊〉 of religion whose maners and trade he liuely setteth forthe as in a table aduertising the faithful not onely to waite diligently for Christ but also to beholde presently the day of his comming and to preserue them selues vnspotted against the same CHAP. I. 4 Forasmuche as the power of God hathe giuen them all things perteining vnto life he exhorteth them to flee the corruption of worldlie lusts 10 To make their calling sure with good workes and frutes of faith 14 He maketh mention of his owne death 17 Declaring the Lord Iesus to be the true Sonne of God as he him self had sene vpon the mounte 1 SIMON Peter a seruant and an Apostle of IESVSCRIST to you which haue obteined like precious faith with vs by the rightousnes of our God and Sauiour Iesus Christ. 2 Grace and peace be multiplied to you by the knowledge of God and of Iesus our Lord 3 According as his godlie power hathe giuen vnto vs all things that perteine vnto life and godlines through the knowledge of him that hathe called vs vnto glorie and vertue 4 Whereby most great and precious promises are giuen vnto vs that by them ye shulde be 〈◊〉 of the godlie nature in that ye flee the corruption which is in the worlde through lust 5 Therefore giue euen all diligence thereunto ioyne moreouer vertue with your faith and with vertue knowledge 6 And with knowledge temperāce and with temperance pacience and with pacience godlines 7 And with godlines brotherlie kindenes and with brotherlie kindenes loue 8 For if these things be among you and abun de they wil make you that ye nether shal be ydle nor vnfruteful in the knowledge of our Lord Iesus Christ. 9 For he that hathe not these things is blinde and can not se farre of and hathe forgotten that he was purged from his olde sinnes 10 Wherefore brethren giue rather diligence to make your calling and election sure for if ye do these things ye shal neuer fall 11 For by this meanes an entring shal be ministred vnto you abundātly into the euerlastiug kingdom of our Lord Sauiour Iesus Christ. 12 Wherefore I wil not be negligent to put you alwais in remembrance of these things thogh that ye haue knowledge and be stablished in the present trueth 13 For I thinke it mete as long as I am in this tabernacle to stirre you vp by putting you in remembrance 14 Seing I knowe that the time is at hand that I must lay downe this my tabernacle euen as our Lord Iesus Christ hathe * she wed me 15 I wil endeuour therefore alwaise that ye also may be able to haue remembrāce of these things after my departing 16 For we folowed not * deceiueable fables when we opened vnto you the power and comming of our Lord Iesus Christ but with our eyes we saw his maiestie 17 For he receiued of God the Father honour and glorie whē there came suche a voyce to him frō the excellent glorie * This is my beloued Sonne in whome I am well pleased 18 And this voyce we heard whē it came from heauē being with him in the holye mounte 19 We haue also a moste sure worde of the Prophetes to the whiche ye do well that ye take hede as vnto a light that shineth in a darke place vntil the day dawne and the daye starre arise in your hearts 20 * So that ye first know this that no prophecie in the Scripture is of anie priuate motion 21 For the Prophecie came not in olde time by the wil of man but holie men of God spake as they were moued by the holie Gost. CHAP. II. He prophecieth of false teaches and sheweth their punishment 1 BVt * there were false prophetes also among the people euen as there shal be false teachers among you whiche priuely shal bring in dānable heresies euen denying the Iord that hathe boght them and bryng vpon them selues swift damnation 2 And manie shall followe their damnable wayes by whome the way of trueth shal be euil spoken of 3 And through couetousnes shall they with fained wordes make marchandise of you whose iudgement long agone is not farre of and their damnation slepeth not 4 For if God spared not the * Angels that had sinned but caste them downe into hell and deliuered them into chaines of darkenes to be kept vnto damnation 5 Nether hathe spared the olde worlde but saued * Noe the eight persone a
haue handled of the Worde of life 2 For the life appeared and we haue sene it and beare witnes ād she we vnto you the eternal life which was with the Father and appeared vnto vs 3 That I say which we haue sene and heard declare we vnto you that ye may also haue felowship with vs and that our felowship also may be with the Father and with his Sonne Iesus Christ. 4 And these things write we vnto you that your ioye may be ful 5 This then is the message which we haue heard of him and declare vnto you that God * is light in him is no darkenes 6 If we say that we haue felowship with him and walke in darkenes we lye and do not truely 7 But if we walke in the light as he is in the light we haue felowship one with another and the * blood of Iesus Christ his Sonne clenseth vs from al sinne 8 * If we say that we haue no sinne we deceiue our selues and trueth is not in vs. 9 If we acknowledge our sinnes he is faithful and iust to forgiue vs our sinnes and to clense vs from all vnrighteousnes 10 If we say we haue not sinned we make him a lier and his worde is not in vs. CHAP. II. 1 Christ is our Aduocate 19 Of true loue and how it is tried 18 To beware of Antichrist 1 MY babes these things write I vnto you that ye sinne not and if any man sinne we haue an Aduo cat with the Father Iesus Christ the Iust. 2 And he is the reconciliation for our sinnes and not for ours onely but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde 3 And hereby we are sure that we know him if we kepe his commandements 4 He that saith I knowe hym and kepeth not his commandements is a lier and the trueth is not in him 5 But he that kepeth his worde in hym is the loue of God perfite indede hereby we know that we are in him 6 He that saith he remaineth in hym ought euen so to walke as he hathe walked 7 Brethren I write no newe commandement vnto you but an olde commandement whiche ye haue had from the beginning the olde commandement is the worde whiche ye haue heard from the beginning 8 Againe a newe commandement I write vnto you that whiche is true in him and 〈◊〉 in you for the darkenes is past the true light now shineth 9 He that saith that he is in the light and hateth his brother is in darkenes vntill this time 10 * He that loueth his brother abideth in the light and there is none occasion of euil in hym 11 But he that hateth his brother is in darkenes and walketh in darkenes knoweth not whither he goeth because that darkenes hathe blinded his eyes 12 Litle children I write vnto you because your sinnes are forgiuen you for his Names sake 13 I write vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the beginnyng I write vnto you yong men because ye haue ouercome the wicked 14 I write vnto you babes because ye haue knowen the Father I haue written vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is frō the beginning I haue writen vnto you yong men because ye are strong the word of God abideth in you and ye haue ouercome the 〈◊〉 15 Loue not the worlde nether the things that are in the worlde If any man loue the*world the loue of the Father is not in hym 16 For all that is in the worlde as the luste of the flesh the luste of the eyes and the pride of life is not of the Father but is of the worlde 17 And the worlde passeth awaye and the luste thereof but he that fulfilleth the will of God abideth euer 18 Babes it is the last time and ye haue heard that Antichrist shall come euen now are there many Antichrists whereby we know that it is the last time 19 They went out from vs but thei were not of vs for if they had bene of vs they wolde haue continued with vs. But this commeth to passe that it might appeare that they are not all of vs. 20 But ye haue an ointement from hym that is Holie and ye haue knowen all things 21 I haue not written vnto you because ye knowe not the trueth but because ye know it and that no lye is of the trueth 22 Who is a lyer but he that denyeth that Iesus is Christ the same is the Antichrist that denyeth the Father and the Sonne 23 Whosoeuer denyeth the Sonne the same hathe not the Father 24 Let therefore abide in you that same which ye haue heard from the beginnyng If that whiche ye haue heard from the beginnyng shall remaine in you ye also shall contine we in the Sonne and in the Father 25 And this is the promes that he hathe promised vs euen eternall life 26 These things haue I writen vnto you concernyng them that deceiue you 27 But the anointyng whiche ye receyued of hym dwelleth in you and ye nede not that any man teache you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of al things and it is true and is notlying and as it taught you ye shall abide in him 28 And now litle children abyde in hym that when he shal appeare we may be bolde and not be ashamed before hym at his comming 29 If ye knowe that he is righteous knowe ye that he whiche doeth righteously is borne of him CHAP. III. 1 The singular loue of God towarde vs. 7 And how we againe ought to loue one another 1 BEholde what loue the Father hathe shewed on vs that we shulde be called the sonnes of God for this cause the worlde knoweth you not because it knoweth not hym 2 Dearly beloued now are we the sonnes of God but yet it doeth not appeare what we shal be and we knowe that when he shall appeare we shal be like him for we shall se him as he is 3 And euerie man that hathe this hope in him purgeth him self euen as he is pure 4 Whosoeuer committeth sinne transgresseth also the Law for sinne is the transgression of the Law 5 And ye knowe that he appeared that he might * take away our sinnes and in hym is no sinne 6 Whosoeuer abideth in hym sinneth not whosoeuer sinneth hathe not sene him nether hathe knowen hym 7 Litle children let no man deceiue you he that doeth righteousnes is righteous as he is righteous 8 He that * committeth sinne is of the deuill for the deuill sinneth from the beginnyng for this purpose appeared the Sonne of God that he might lose the workes of the deuill 9 Whosoeuer is borne of God sinneth not for his sede
the pray ers of hys and granteth their re questes “ Eb my Lorde †Ebt. haue made a end of drynkyng †Or earing k God permitted manie thynges both in apparell and other things which are no We forbid specially When they apper teine not to our 〈◊〉 l The golden she kel is here ment and not that of 〈◊〉 m He boasteth not his good fortune as do the Wicked but acknollageth that God hathe dealt mercifully with his master in keping promes n For he Waited on Gods hande Who had no We heard his 〈◊〉 o To Wit Laban p The gentle incerteinement of strangers vsed among the 〈◊〉 fathers q The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 o We to their ma sters 〈◊〉 thē to preferre their masters busines to their owne necessitie r To blesse 〈◊〉 here to enriche or encrease with substance as the text in the same verse decla 〈◊〉 s The Canaanites were 〈◊〉 therfore the god lie colde not ioy ne with them in mariage t Meaning amōg his kinse folkes as ver 40. u VVhiche by mine autoritie I caused thee to make “ Or 〈◊〉 Verse 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 x Signifiyng that this 〈◊〉 was not spoken by the 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 meditate in his heart y He she weth what is our duetie when we haue receiued anie benefite of the Lord. †Ebr. in the way of trueth z Yf you frely and faythfully gyue your daughter to my masters sonne a That is that I may prouide els where b So sone as they 〈◊〉 that it is Gods ordinan ce they yelde “ Or as thy 〈◊〉 mandement “ Or 〈◊〉 Vers. 56. 59. †Ebr. dayes or ten c This sheweth that 〈◊〉 haue not autoritie to mary their children without cō 〈◊〉 of the parties †Ebr. her mouth d That is let it be 〈◊〉 ouer his enemies whi che blessing is fully 〈◊〉 in Iesus Christ. Chap. 16. 14. and 〈◊〉 10. e This was the exercise of the godlie fathers to meditate Gods promises and to pray for the accō 〈◊〉 thereof f The custome was that the spouse was brogh to her housband her head beyng couered in token of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 “ Or had left 〈◊〉 for his mother a Whiles Sarāh was yet aliue 1 〈◊〉 32. †Ebr. all that he had b For by the ver 〈◊〉 of Gods word he had not onely Izháh but begat many mo c Reade Chap. 22. 24. d To 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 that els might haue come because of the heritage e Hereby the An 〈◊〉 signified that man by death pe rished not wholy but as the sou les of the godlie liued after in per petualioye so the soules of the wicked in 〈◊〉 peine Chap. 6 24. and 24. 62. 1. Chro. 1 19. †Ebr. 〈◊〉 borne f Whiche dwelt among the Arabians and were separat from the blessed sede g He meaneth 〈◊〉 his lot fel to dwel among his brethren as the Angel promised Chap. 16 12. Or his let fel. “ Or Syrian of Mesopotamia “ Or hurt one 〈◊〉 other h That is with childe seing one shal destroye ano ther. i For that is the onely refuge in all our miseries Rom. 9. 10. Eze. 12. 3. Mat. 1. 2. †〈◊〉 a man of the held “ Or simple and innocent †Ebr. venison in his mouthe “ Or fede me quickely k The reprobat esteme not Gods benefites except they fele thē pre 〈◊〉 and therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pleasures l Thus the 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 cōmo 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but the children of God do the coun trary a In the land of Canán b Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 watched to direct the Wayes of his chil dren Chap. 13. 15. 15. 18 Chap. 123. 〈◊〉 18. 22. 19. 21. 14 c He 〈◊〉 Abrahās obediēce because Izhak shuld be the 〈◊〉 readie to follow the 〈◊〉 for as God made this promes of his fre mercie so doeth the confirmation thereof procede of the same foun 〈◊〉 †Ebr. my keping d Whereby we se that feare and distrust is found in the most faith full e Or shewyng some familiar signe of loue 〈◊〉 by it might be knowen that she was his wife f In al ages men were persuaded that Gods vengeance shulde light vpō wedlok breakers “ Or an hūdreth measures †Ebr. he went forth going and increasing g The malicious enuie alwaies the graces of Godin others h The Ebrewe worde signifieth a 〈◊〉 or vallei where water 〈◊〉 any time rūneth “ Or stringing “ Or Contention 〈◊〉 “ Or batred “ Or largenes roume i God assureth Iz 〈◊〉 against all feare by rehersing the promes made to Abrahā k To signifie that he wolde serue none 〈◊〉 her God but God of his fa ther Abrahám l The Ebrewes in swearyng begyn commonly with If and vnderstand the 〈◊〉 that is that God shal punish him that breaketh the othe here the wycked shewe that they are afrayed 〈◊〉 that come to them with they wold do to other “ Or othe “ Or the well of the othe “ Or disobediē and rebellious Chap. 27. 46. †Ebr. Lo 〈◊〉 †Ebr. hurt a The carnal affe ction whiche he bare to his sonne made him forget that which God spake to his wife Chap. 25. 23. b This subtiltie is blame worthie because she shuld haue caried till God had performed his promes †Ebr. before his eyes “ Or as thogh I wolde deceyue hym “ Or I wil take the dāger on me c The assurance of Goddes decre made her bolde d Althogh Iaakob was assured of this blessinge by fayth yet he did euill to seke it by lies and the more because he abuseth Gods Na me therunto e This declareth that he suspected some thynge yet God wolde not haue hys decre altred †Ebr. I am Ebr. 11. 20. f In perceiuyng his 〈◊〉 our by appointing his hey re against Gods sentence pronounced before †〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g In the chap. 25. he was so 〈◊〉 because he helde hys brother by the 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 he ouerthrowe him and 〈◊〉 he is here called 〈◊〉 ouerthrower or 〈◊〉 h 〈◊〉 Izhak did 〈◊〉 as he was the minister and prophete of God Or I am also thy sonne Ebr. 12. 16. i Because thine ennemies shal be rounde aboute thee k VVhiche was 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 po 〈◊〉 the Idume ās who were 〈◊〉 for a time to 〈◊〉 ād 〈◊〉 came to 〈◊〉 l 〈◊〉 one ly 〈◊〉 from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for seare of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. m He hath good hope to recouer his birthright by killing thee n For the wicked sonne will kyll the godlie the plague of GOD will afte warde light on the wicked sonne o VVhiche were Esaus wiues Chap. 26. 35. p Hereby she per suaded Izhak to agre to 〈◊〉 departyng a Thys seconde blessing Wa to 〈◊〉 laakobs faith lest he shuld thinke that hys father had giuen it Without Gods motion Oze 12. 12. Chap. 24. 10. 〈◊〉 all almightie b The godlie fathers Were put in minde 〈◊〉
lie trauailes Chap. 23.12 “ Or eitie Ezek,20 12 Gen. 2 2. Deut. 5.16 Mat. 15.4 Ephe. 6.2 h By the Which is ment all that haue autoritie 〈◊〉 Mat. 5.16 i But loue preserue thy brothers life k But be pure in heart Word and dede l But studie to saue his goods m But further his good name and spake trueth Rom. 7.7 n Thou maiest not so muche as wishe his hinderance ī anie thīg “ Or heard †Ebr. fire 〈◊〉 Deut. 5.24 18.16 Ebr. 12.18 o Whether you Wil obey hispre 〈◊〉 as you 〈◊〉 sed Chap. 19.8 Chap. 27.8 38.7 Leui. 3.1 Deut. 27.5 Iosh. 8.55 †Ebr. it that is the stone p Whiche might be by his stoupīg or flyeng abroad of his clothes Leui. 25.39 Deut. 15.12 a Paying no 〈◊〉 for his libertie Iere. 14.14 b Not hauing Wife nor childrē c Til her time 〈◊〉 seruitude 〈◊〉 pired Whiche might be the seneth yere or the 〈◊〉 †Ebr. gods d Where the iud ges sate e That is to the yere of 〈◊〉 Which Was euerie 〈◊〉 yere f Constreined ether by 〈◊〉 or els that the master shuld ma ry her g By giuing another money to bye her of hym “ Or defloured her h That is he shal giue her 〈◊〉 i For his sonne k Nether mary her him self nor giue an other mo ney to bye her nor bestowe her vpon his sonne l Thogh a mā be killed at 〈◊〉 yet it is Gods pro uidence that it shulde so be Leui. 24.17 〈◊〉 .18.2 m The holines of the place ought not to defend the murther n Ether far of him or nere o By the ciuile iustice “ O losing of his time p By the ciuile Magistrate but before God he is a murtherer q Of the mother of childe “ Or 〈◊〉 Leui. 24.20 Deut. 19 20. r The 〈◊〉 of this lawe onely belonged to the Magistrat Mar 〈◊〉 5. 33. s So God reuengeth 〈◊〉 in most least things Gene. 9. 5. t If the heast be punished muche more shal the murtheres “ Or testified to his u By the next of the kinred of him that is so slayne x Read Gen. 23. 15. y This lawe forbiddeth not one ly not to hurt but to beware lest any be hurt a Ether great heast of the heard or a smale beast of the 〈◊〉 b Breaking an house to entre in 〈◊〉 vndermining 2. Sam. 11. 6. †Ebr. When the sunne riseth vpō him c He shal be put to death †Ebr. in his bād †Ebr. gods d That is Whether he hathe stollen †Ebr. broken e They shulde sweare by the Name of the Lord. Gen. 31. 39 f He shall shewe some parte of the beast g He that hyred it shal be 〈◊〉 by paying the 〈◊〉 Deut. 12. 28. Deut. 13. 13. 1. Mac. 2. 24. Leui. 19. 33. zach 7. 10. h The iust plague of God vpon the oppressers Leui. 25. 37. Deut 23. 19. Psal. 15. 5. i For colde and necessitie Act. 23. 5. k Thine abundāce of thy corne oyle and Wine Chap. 13. 2. 34. 19 Leui. 〈◊〉 8. Ezek. 44. 31. l And so haue no thing to do with it “ Or reporte a false 〈◊〉 “ Or cruel †Ebr. answer a Do that which is godlie thogh few do fauour it b If we be bōde to do good to our ennemies beast much more to our ennemie him selfe c If God cōmāde to helpe our ene mies asse vnder his burden will hesuffre vs to cast downe our brethren with heauie burdens Mat 5. 44. d Whether thou be magistrate or art cōmanded by the magistrate †Ebr seing Deut. 16. 19. Eccle. 20. 32. e For in that that he is a stranger his heart is soriful ynough Leui. 25. 3. 26. 43. Deut. 15. 1. Chap. 20. 8. Deut. 5. 12. f Nether 〈◊〉 swe a ring by thē nor speaking of thē Psal. 16 4. Ephe. 5. 3. g That is 〈◊〉 in remembrance that the Aung el passed ouer spa red the Israelites when he 〈◊〉 the first borne of the Egyptians h Which is witsontide in token that the law was giuen 50 dayes after they departed from Egypt i This is the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 signifying that they dwelled 40. yere vnder therents or the tabernacles in wildernes k No leauened bread shal be thē in thine house l Meaning that no frutes shulde be taken before iust time 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 brideled 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wantō appetites m I wil giue him mine 〈◊〉 and he shall gouerne you 〈◊〉 my Name Chap. 33. 2. Deut. 7. 21. Iosh. 24. 〈◊〉 n God 〈◊〉 his onely not to worship idoles but to destroye them o That is al thīgs necessarie for this present life Deut. 7. 14. p I will make them afraid at thy comming q Called the sea of Syria r Of Arabia called deserta s To wit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 34. 15. Deut. 7. 2. †Ebr. offence or 〈◊〉 a When he called him vp to the mountaine to giue him the lawes beginnīg at the 20. Chap. hitherto b When he hadreceiued these lawes 〈◊〉 mount 〈◊〉 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 19. 8. Chap. 20 24. Or a the 〈◊〉 of the moūtaine c For as yet the 〈◊〉 was not giuē to Leui. “ Or of the boke of the Lawe 1. 〈◊〉 1. 2. Ebr 9. 20. d Which blood signifieth that the couenāt bro ken can not be 〈◊〉 without blood sheding e As 〈◊〉 as their 〈◊〉 colde behold his 〈◊〉 †Ebr. bricke worke f He made them not afraid 〈◊〉 pu nished them g That is 〈◊〉 h The seconde time i Signifyeng the hardenes of our hearts except God do Write his law 〈◊〉 by his Spirit 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k To wit the people Ezek. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. Cor. 3. 3. Ebr. 8. 10. 10. 16. “ Or him l The lord appea rethlike deuouring fire to 〈◊〉 men but to thē that he draweth 〈◊〉 his Spirit 〈◊〉 is like pleasant 〈◊〉 Chap. 34. 28. Deut. 9. 9. a After the moral and iudiciall lawe he giueth them the ceremo niall lawe that nothing shuld be left to mans inuention b For the buylding and vse of the Tabernacle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c Whiche is thoght to be a kinde of cedar whiche will not rot d 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 e A place bothe to offe sacrifice and to heare the Lawe Chap. 28. 4. Chap 28 15. Chap. 37. 1. “ Or circle and a bordre “ Or fete f The stone tables the rod of Aaron and Man na Whiche Were a testimonie of Gods presence “ Or coueryng or propitiatorie g There God appeared mercyfully vnto them and this Was a figure of Christ. “ Or wil 〈◊〉 with thee Nom. 〈◊〉 89. Chap. 37. 10. Or an 〈◊〉 bread h To sette 〈◊〉 bread vpon Chap. 37. 17. i It shall not be molton but beaten out of the lumpe of golde With the hāmer k This Was thē talent 〈◊〉 of the temple ād Waied 120 poūd Ebr. 8. 9. Act. 7. 14. a That is of most connyng or fine Worke.
had none occasion to be suche a sinner as they accused him e Being ashamed of their lightnes and afraied of my grauitie f Acknowledging my wisdome g All that heard me praised me h Testifying that I did good 〈◊〉 i Because his 〈◊〉 saries did so much charge him with wickednes he is 〈◊〉 to rendre a 〈◊〉 of hys 〈◊〉 k That is I did sue cour him that was in destresse and so he had cause to 〈◊〉 me l I delited to do iustice as others did to 〈◊〉 costely 〈◊〉 m 〈◊〉 is at home in my be 〈◊〉 without all trouble 〈◊〉 n My 〈◊〉 doeth increase o That 〈◊〉 was pleasant vnto thē p As the drye grounde 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 q That is they 〈◊〉 it not to be a 〈◊〉 or they thoght not that I wold condescend vnto them r They were afraied to offende me and 〈◊〉 me to be 〈◊〉 s I had them at cō 〈◊〉 a That is mine 〈◊〉 is changed and where as before the ancient men were glad to do me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the yong mē now 〈◊〉 me b Meaning to be my shepherdes or to kepe my dogges c That is their fathers dyed for famine 〈◊〉 they came to age “ Or 〈◊〉 d Iob sheweth that these that mocked him 〈◊〉 his affliction were like to their fathers wicked and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche as he here 〈◊〉 e They 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of me and mocke at my miserie f God hathe taken from me 〈◊〉 force credit and auto itie wherewit I kept them in subiection g He said that the yong men when they saw him hid thē 〈◊〉 as chap. 29. 8. and now in his miserie they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 licencious h That is they soght by all meanes how they might 〈◊〉 me i They nede none to helpe them k By my calamitie they toke an occasion 〈◊〉 me l My life 〈◊〉 me and I am as halfe dead m Meaning sorowe n That is God hathe broght 〈◊〉 into contempt o He speaketh not thus to accuse God hut to declare 〈◊〉 of his afflictionwhereby he was 〈◊〉 beside him self p He compare h his 〈◊〉 to a tempest or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Or wisdome or Law q None cā deliuer me thence thogh thei lament at my death r Instead of comforting they mocked at me s Not deliting in anie worldely thing no not so much as in the vse of the sunne t Lamenting thē that were in affliction and mouing others to 〈◊〉 thē u I am like the wilde beasts that desire muste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 x VVith the heat of affliction a I kept mine eyes from all wanton lokes b VVold not God then haue punished me c Iob declareth that the feare of God was a bridell to stay him from all wickednes d He sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth that is in as much as he was blameles before men 〈◊〉 not agaīst the second table e That is hath accomplished the 〈◊〉 of mine eye f According to the curse of the Law Deut. 28. 33. g Let her be made a 〈◊〉 h He sheweth that albeit mā neglect the punishement of adulterie yet the wrath of God will neuer cease till suche be destroyed i Whē thei thoght them selues euyll intreated by me k If I had oppressed others how shuld I haue escaped Gods iudgement l He was moued to shewe pirie vnto seruants because they were Gods creatures as he was m By lōg waiting for her request n He nourished the fatherles and mainteined the widowes cause o To oppresse him and do hym 〈◊〉 p Let me 〈◊〉 in pieces q I refrained not from sinning for feare of men but because I feared God r If I was proude of my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 whiche is 〈◊〉 by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone s If mine owne doings delued me t By putting confidence in anye thing but in hym alone u My 〈◊〉 moued me to be 〈◊〉 ged of mine enemie yet did I neuer wil he him hurt x And not confessed it frely wherby it is 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 him selfe before men and not before God y That is I reuerenced the 〈◊〉 weake and contemned and was 〈◊〉 to offende them z I suffred thē to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge 〈◊〉 a This is a 〈◊〉 token 〈◊〉 my righteousnes that god is my 〈◊〉 and wil iustifie my cause b Shulde not this boke 〈◊〉 his accusa tions be a praise condemnation to me c I wil make him a counte of all my 〈◊〉 without 〈◊〉 d As thogh I had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wages that labored in it e 〈◊〉 that he was no 〈◊〉 nor 〈◊〉 f That is the talke 〈◊〉 he had with his 〈◊〉 friends †Ebr. was iuste in his owne eyes a VVhich came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother b Or as the Chalde paraphrast 〈◊〉 Abram c By making him self innocent and by charging God of 〈◊〉 d That is the thre 〈◊〉 before e Meaning the an cient which haue experience f It is a special gift of God that man hathe vnder standing and cometh nether of na ture norby age g To proue that 〈◊〉 affliction came for his sinnes h And flatter your selues as thogh you had ouercome him i To Wit Iob. k He vseth almost the like 〈◊〉 but without tanting and reproches l I haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons m I wil nether ha ue regarde to riches credit nor au 〈◊〉 but wil speake the verie trueth n The Ebrew worde signifieth to change the name as o call a foole a wise man meaning that he wolde not cloke the 〈◊〉 to flatter men Chap. XXXIII a I confesse the power of God and am one of his therefore thou ough rest to heare me b Because Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 so that he might do it without feare Elihu sayth he wil reasō in Gods stead whome he nedeth not to fea re because he is a man made of the 〈◊〉 matter that he is c I wil not handle thee so throughly these other haue done d He repeate 〈◊〉 Iobs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eby heprotested his 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 places but specially in the 13. 36. and. 30. 〈◊〉 e The cause of his iudgements is not al ways 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 f Thogh God by sondrie examples of his iudgements 〈◊〉 vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the reason there of is not knowen yea thogh God shulde speake yet he is not vnderstand g God saith he spaketh commune ly ether by 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vs the cause of his iudge ments or els by afflictions or by his 〈◊〉 h That is 〈◊〉 ned to send vpon them i He sheweth for what end God sen deth 〈◊〉 to beat downe 〈◊〉 and to 〈◊〉 from euil k That is his pain ful and 〈◊〉 life l To them that shal burie him m A man sent of God to declare his wil. n A singular man and as one chosen out of a thousand which is able to declare the great
yet 〈◊〉 assured him self that God had awayes ynough in his hād 〈◊〉 deliuer him c For I am 〈◊〉 to them War des and haue not offended them d Seing it apperreineth to Gods iudgements to pu nish the wicked he 〈◊〉 God to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ven geanceon the reprobat who mali ciously 〈◊〉 his Chu ch e He 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 to hungrie dogs shewing that they are neuer wearie in doing euil f They boast open ly of their Wicked deuiles and euerie worde is as a sworde for thei nether feare God nor are ashamed of men g Thogh Saul haue neuer so great power yet I knowe that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore wil I pa ciently hope on thee h He Wil not faile to succout me when nedere quireth i Altogether but by litle that the people seing olte times thy iudges 〈◊〉 may be min deful of thee k That is their miserie shame thei may be as glasses 〈◊〉 of Gods vengeāce l VVhen thy time shal come whē they haue sufficiēt ly serued for an example of 〈◊〉 geāce vnto other m He mocketh at 〈◊〉 vaine ent eprises being as sured that thei shal 〈◊〉 bring their purpose to passe n VVhich didest vse the 〈◊〉 of a Weake womā to cōfounde the enemies strength as 1. Sam 19. 2. o 〈◊〉 him selfe to be 〈◊〉 all v rue and 〈◊〉 he attribu 〈◊〉 the whole to God 2 Sam. 8 〈◊〉 10 1. 1 Chro 18. 1. a These Were certeine songs 〈◊〉 the note 〈◊〉 this psalme was sung Or Syria called Mesopotamia b Called also Sophene which 〈◊〉 deth by Euphrates c For when Saul was not able to resist the enemie the people fled he ther 〈◊〉 for thei colde not be safe in their owne houses d as a cleft with an earth quake e Thou hast handled thy people sharply in taking from them sense iudgemēt in that theiaided Saulthe had giuen the Wicked King and pursued him to Whorne God iust tiltle of the realme f In making me King thou cast performed thy promes Which semed to hauelost the force g It is so certeine as if it Were spoken by an oracle that I shall possesse 〈◊〉 places Whiche Saul had left to his 〈◊〉 h For it Was strong and Well peopled i Dauid meaneth that in this tribe hys kyngdome shal be 〈◊〉 Gen 49. 〈◊〉 k In 〈◊〉 vile subiection l For thou Wilt 〈◊〉 ād fai ne as thogh thou We 〈◊〉 glad m He Was assu red that GOD Wolde giue him the stronge 〈◊〉 of hys enemies Wherein they thoght them selues sure a From the place Where I Was 〈◊〉 is hed beyng driuen out of the 〈◊〉 and temple by my sonne Ab salom b Vnto the 〈◊〉 Without they helpe I can not atteine c There is nothing that doeth more strengthen our faith then the remembrāce of Gods succour in times past d This chiefly is referred to 〈◊〉 Who liueth 〈◊〉 not onely in him selfe but also in his members e For the stabilitie of my kingdome standeth in thy mercie and trueth 1. Chro. 16. 41. a Thogh Satan tempted hym to murmure agaīst God yet he bridled his 〈◊〉 and resting vpon Gods 〈◊〉 beareth his crosse pa tiently b It appeareth by the oft repetitiō of this Word that the Prophet abode manifolds 〈◊〉 but by 〈◊〉 on God and by paci ence he 〈◊〉 came them all c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 self being 〈◊〉 Whom God had appointed to the kingdome d Thogh ye 〈◊〉 to be in honour yet God Wil sud 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 you e Dauid Was 〈◊〉 moued 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 troubles therefore he 〈◊〉 vp hym selfe to 〈◊〉 in God f These 〈◊〉 and often 〈◊〉 tions Were neces sarie to 〈◊〉 his faith against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 g He 〈◊〉 heth vs of our Wicked 〈◊〉 Whiche 〈◊〉 hide our 〈◊〉 and bite on the 〈◊〉 then vtter our grief to God to obteine remedie h Giue your selues wholy to God by putting awaye all things that are contrarie to his Lawe i He hathe plainely 〈◊〉 Witnes of his power so that houe nedeth to dout thereof k So that the Wicked shal 〈◊〉 thy power and the godlie thy mercie a To Wit of 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 23. 14. b Thogh he Was bothe 〈◊〉 in greate distres yet he made god his 〈◊〉 aboue all meate and drinke c In this miserie I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the contempla tion of thy pow er and 〈◊〉 as if I Were in thy Sanctuarie d The ren 〈◊〉 ce of thy fauour is more swere vn to me then al the pleasures and 〈◊〉 of the Worlde e He assureth him selfe by the Spirit of God to haue the gift of constancie f He prophecieth of the destruction of Saul ād them that take hys parte Whose bodies shal not be buried but be de uoured With wilde beastes g All that 〈◊〉 by GOD a 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 him shal reioyce in thys Worthie Kyng a in that he calleth to God with his 〈◊〉 is a si gne that 〈◊〉 pray er was vehemēt and that his life was in danger b That is frome their 〈◊〉 malice c To wit their outwarde violen ce d False reportes and sclanders e To be without feare of God ād reuerence of mā is a signe of reprobation f The more that the wicked se Gods children in miserie the more bolde and impudent are they in 〈◊〉 them g There is no waye so 〈◊〉 and subtil to do hurt which they inuented not for his destruction h To se gods 〈◊〉 iudgementes agaynst them ād howe he hathe caught them in their own snares i VVhen they shal 〈◊〉 that he wil be fauora ble to them as he was to hys seruant Dauid a Thou giuest dai ly new occasion to thy Church to praile thee b Not 〈◊〉 the Iewes but 〈◊〉 the Gentiles in the kingdome of 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 it to his sinnes of the people that God who was accustomed to as sille them 〈◊〉 draweth his succour from them d Thou wilt declare thy selfe to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of thy Church in de stroying thyne enemies as thou didest in the 〈◊〉 Sea e As of all barba 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of f He sheweth that there 〈◊〉 no parte nor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the worlde which is not gouerned by Gods power and prouidence †Ebr. The going forth of the mor nyng and of the euening g To wit with 〈◊〉 h That is Shiloah or the raine i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse k By this deser 〈◊〉 he sheweth that al the ordre of nature is ateshmonie of gods loue toward vs who causeth all 〈◊〉 to serue 〈◊〉 necessitie l That is the dume creatures shal not onely reioyce for a time 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 but shall continually sing i Thou hast appo 〈◊〉 ted the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe fede to mans vse a He 〈◊〉 that all 〈◊〉 shal come to the knowledge of God who then was only know 〈◊〉 Iudea b As the faithful shall obey God willingly so
inconuenient time to seke helpe which was whē he was in 〈◊〉 c He sheweth for the the fiure of hisloue in calling vpon him confes sing him to be 〈◊〉 merci ul to help them that are 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 de and counsel d which was vn 〈◊〉 before now rest vpō the Lord for he hath bene beneficial towards thee e The Lord wil 〈◊〉 me and saue my 〈◊〉 f I felt all these things and there fore was moued by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 confesse them 2. Cor. 4 13. g In my great di stresse I thoght God wolde not regarde man which is but lies and vanitie yet I ouercame this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and felt the contrarie h In the Law thei vsed to make a a banket when they gaue solēne thankes to God and to take the cup drinke in signe of thankesgiuing i I perceiue that God hathe a 〈◊〉 ouer his so 〈◊〉 he bothe disposeth their death and taketh an 〈◊〉 k I wil thanke him for his benefites for that is 〈◊〉 payement to confesse that we owe all to God Rom. 15 11. a That is the moste certeine cōtinual testimo nies of his Father lie grace a Because Godby creating Dauid King shewed his 〈◊〉 toward his afflicted Church the Prophet doeth not onely him self thanke God but exhorteth all the people to do the same b VVe are here taught that the more that troubles oppresse vs the more ought we to be instant in prayer c Being exalted to this estate he assured him selfe to haue mā euer to be his enemie Yethe douted not but God wolde mainteine him because he had placed him d He sheweth that he had trusted in vaine if he had put his confidence in man to haue bene prefer red to the kingdome and therefore he put his trust in God and obteined e He noteth Saul his chief enemie f In that he was 〈◊〉 it came not of him selfe nor of the power of man but onely 〈◊〉 Gods fauour therefore he wil praise him g He promiseth bothe to 〈◊〉 graces him self to cause others to do the same be cause that in his persone the Church was restored h So that all that are bothe farre nere maye se his mightie power i He willeth the dores of the Tabernacle to be opened that he maye declare his thankeful minde Isa. 〈◊〉 16. k Thogh Saul the chief powers refused me to be King yet GOD hathe preferred me aboue thē all Mat. 21 41. l wherein GOD hathe shewed chiefly his mercie by appointing me King and deliuering his Church Act 4 〈◊〉 Rom 9 33. 〈◊〉 pet 2 6. m The people praie for the pro speritie of Dauids kingdome who was the figure of Christ. n VVhich are the priests and haue the charge thereof as Nomb. 6 23 o Because he hathe restored vs from darkenes to light we wil offer sacrifices and praises vnto him a Here they are not called blessed whiche thinke them selues wise in their owne iudgement nor which imagine to them selues a certeine holines but they whose 〈◊〉 is without hypocrisie b For they are 〈◊〉 led by Gods Spirit and imbrace no doctrine but his c Dauid acknow ledgeth his imperfection desiring God to refor me it that his 〈◊〉 maye be conformable to Gods worde d For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in seruīg God without hypocrisie e That is thy pre cepts which conteine 〈◊〉 righ teousnes f He refuseth not to be tryed by 〈◊〉 but he feareth to faint if God succor not his 〈◊〉 in time a Because youth is most giuen to licenciousnes he chiefly 〈◊〉 them to frame their liues 〈◊〉 to Gods worde b If God 's ' worde be grauen in 〈◊〉 heartes we shal be more able to resist the assaltes of 〈◊〉 there fore the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God to instruct him daiely more more therein c The Propher doeth not boast of his vermes but setteth for the an example for others to followe Gods worde and leaue wordelie vanities a 〈◊〉 she weth that we ought not to desire to liue but to 〈◊〉 God and that we can not serue him aright except he open our eyes and mindes b Seing mans life in this worlde is but a passage what shulde become of him if thy worde were not his guide c In allages thou hast plagued all suche which 〈◊〉 and con tempteously departe frome thy trueth d VVhē the pow ers of the world gaue false senten ce agaynste me thy worde 〈◊〉 a guide and coun seler to teach me what to do and to comfort me a That is it is almost broght to the graue and without thy worde I can not liue b I haue confessed mine offences and now depend wholly on thee c If God did not mainteine vs by his word our life wolde drop away like water d Instruct me in thy worde wher by my minde maye be purged from vanitie ād taught to obey thy wil. e By this he shew eth that we can nether chose good cleaue to Gods worde not runne forwarde in his waye exceptehe make our heartes large to receiue his grace and willyng to obey a He sheweth that he can not follow on to the end excepte God teache him ofte times and leade him forwarde b Not onelye in out ward cōuersation but also with inwarde affection c Hereby meaning al other vices because that couetousnes is the rote of all euil e Let me not fall to thy dis honour but let mine heart still 〈◊〉 thy gracious worde f Giue me strength to continue in thy worde euen to the end a He sheweth that Gods mercie and loue is the firste 〈◊〉 of our saluacion d Meanyng all his senses b By 〈◊〉 in Gods worde he assureth him selfe to be able to confute the sclanders of his aduersaries c They that simply walke after Gods worde haue no lets to intangle them where as they that do contrary are euer in nets and snares d He sheweth that the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 not to suffer their Fa 〈◊〉 glorie to be 〈◊〉 by the vaine pompe of princes a Thogh he fele Gods hand stil to lie vpon him yet he resteth on hys promes and comforteth him selfe therein b Meanyng the wicked whiche contemne Gods worde ād tread hys religion vnder 〈◊〉 c That is the examples whereby thou declarest thy self to be iudge of thy world d That is a vehemēt zeale to thy glorie and indignacion against the wicked e In the course of this life and sorowful exile f Euen when other slepe g That is al these benefites a I am persuaded that to kepe 〈◊〉 Law is an 〈◊〉 and greate game for me b He sheweth that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the worde of God except he consider his own imperfections ād wayes c They haue gone aboute to drawe we into their 〈◊〉 d Not onelye in mutual consent but also with aide and succour e For the knowledge of Goddes worde is a singu lar token of hys fauour a Hauing proued by experience that God was true in his promes he desireth
that he wolde increase in hym knowledge and iudgement b So Ieremie saith that 〈◊〉 the Lorde touched him he was like a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so that the vse of gods rods is to call vs home to god c Their heart is indurate ād hardened 〈◊〉 vp wyth prosperitie and vaine estimacion of them selues d He confesseth 〈◊〉 before that he was chastened he was rebellious as man by nature is a Because god leaueth not hys worke that he hathe begonne he desireth a newe 〈◊〉 that is that he wolde 〈◊〉 hys mercyes b VVhen GOD sheweth his gra ce towarde anye he testifieth to others that he faileth not thē that trust in hym c He declareth that whē he felt not gods mercies he was as dead Ebr. is trueth d That is be comforted by myne example e He sheweth that there can be no true feare of GOD without the knowledge of his worde a Thogh my strength faileme yet my soule 〈◊〉 neth and sigheth restyng styll in thy worde b Like as 〈◊〉 tell or bladder that is parched in the smoke c Howe longe wilt thou afflict thy seruant d They haue not onely oppressed me violently but also craftely conspired agaynste me e He assureth him selfe that GOD will deliuer hys and destroy suche as vniustly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 f Finding no helpe in earth he lifteth vp hys eyes to 〈◊〉 a Because none shulde esteme Gods worde accordyng to the changes of thinges in this world he sheweth that it abideth in heauen and therfore is 〈◊〉 b Seing the earth and all 〈◊〉 remaine in that estate wherein thou hast created them much more thy trueth remaineth constāt and vnchaungeable c He proueth by effect that he is Gods childe because he seketh to vnderstande his worde d There is nothing so perfire in earth but it hathe an end onely Gods worde 〈◊〉 for euer a He sheweth that we can not loue Gods worde except we exe cise our selues therein and practise 〈◊〉 b VVhosoeuer doeth submit him self onely to Gods worde shal not onely be safe against the practises of his enemies but also learne more wisdome 〈◊〉 thei that professe it and are men of experience c So then of our selues we can do nothing but whē GOD doeth inwardely instruct vs with his 〈◊〉 we fele 〈◊〉 graces 〈◊〉 then honie a Of our selues we are but 〈◊〉 nes and can not se except we be lightened with gods worde b So all the faith ful ought to bind thē selues to god by a solemne othe and promes to stirre vp their zeale to embrace gods worde c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 my pra yer and thankesgiuing whiche sacrifice Hosea called the calues of the lippes d That is I am in continual dan ger of my life e I estemed no worldlie things but made thy worde mine 〈◊〉 Chap. 14. Vers. 3. a VVhosoeuer wyll imbrace Gods worde a right must abhor re all 〈◊〉 and imaginacions bothe of him self and of others b And hinder me not to kepe the Lawe of the Lorde c He desireth Gods continuall assistance lest he shulde faint in this race whiche he had begon d The 〈◊〉 pra ctises of them that contemne thy Law shal be b oght to noght e VVhiche infected thy people as drosse doeth the metal f Thy iudgementes do not onely teache me 〈◊〉 but cause me to feare considerynge mine owne weakenes whiche 〈◊〉 causeth repentance a Put thy selfe betwene mine enem es and me as if thou 〈◊〉 my pledge b He 〈◊〉 not that he is Gods seruaunt but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 GOD in mynde that as he made hym hys by hys 〈◊〉 so he wolde continue by 〈◊〉 towarde him c The prophet sheweth that when the wicked haue broght all things to con fusion and Gods worde to vtter contempt then it is Gods time to helpe and send 〈◊〉 d That is what soruer 〈◊〉 from the puritie of thy worde a 〈◊〉 high and secret 〈◊〉 so that I am moued with admiracion and reuerence b The simple idiotes that submit thē selues to God haue their 〈◊〉 opened and their mindes 〈◊〉 minated so sone as they begin to 〈◊〉 Gods word c My zeale toward thy worde was so great d He sheweth what oughtto be the zealeof Gods children when they se his worde contemned a We can not con 〈◊〉 God to be 〈◊〉 except we liuevp rightly and 〈◊〉 as he hathe cōmanded Psal. 69. 10. b Golde hathe nede to be fined 〈◊〉 thy worde is perfection it self 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. c This is the true trial to 〈◊〉 God in 〈◊〉 d So that the 〈◊〉 of man without the knowledge of God is death a He 〈◊〉 that all his affections and whole heart were bent to God ward for to haue helpe in his dangers b He was more 〈◊〉 in the studie of Gods worde thē they that 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 were in their charge †Or 〈◊〉 c He sheweth the nature of the wicked to be to persecute against their cōscience d His faith is grounded vpon 〈◊〉 that he wolde 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his children be oppressed a For 〈◊〉 Gods promes there is no 〈◊〉 of deliuerance b According to thy 〈◊〉 ade in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because the wicked 〈◊〉 they can haue no hope 〈◊〉 salnaciō c My 〈◊〉 consumed me when 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of thy 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 signe of our 〈◊〉 when we loue the Law of God e Since 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 promised euen to the end all thy sayings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a The 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 colde not cause me to 〈◊〉 to confesse thee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men b That is often 〈◊〉 times c For their conscience 〈◊〉 them that thei 〈◊〉 thee 〈◊〉 as they 〈◊〉 loue not thee haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d He sheweth that we must 〈◊〉 haue faith before we can worke and please God e I had no 〈◊〉 of men but 〈◊〉 thee alwaies 〈◊〉 mine 〈◊〉 as the iudge of my doings a As thou hast 〈◊〉 to be the scholemaster vnto all 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 on thee b The worde 〈◊〉 to powre 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c All his praier and 〈◊〉 is to profit in the wor de 〈◊〉 God d That is thy 〈◊〉 uident care ouer me and here with thou wilt iudge mine enemies e Being chased to and fro by 〈◊〉 ne enemies and hauing no place to rest in a That is of 〈◊〉 vp the tune and rising in singing b 〈◊〉 the chil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 to reioyce 〈◊〉 they suffer for righteousnes sake yet it is a great grief to the flesh to 〈◊〉 euil for wel doing c He assured him self that God wol de turne their craft to their owne destructiō d He sheweth that there is nothing so sharpe to perce nor so 〈◊〉 to set on fyre as a sclanderous 〈◊〉 e These were people of Arabia which came of laphét Gene. 10. 2. f That is of the I 〈◊〉 g He declareth what he meaneth by Meshech and Kedár to wit the 〈◊〉 which had dege nerate from their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and hated and contended against the faithful
falselye glosed this commandement “ O subiect punishment Exod. 20 〈◊〉 deu 5 17. “ Or without cause n For GOD knowing his secret malice wil punish him o Whiche signifieth in the 〈◊〉 tongue anidle 〈◊〉 is spoken in contempt p Like iudgemēt almoste the Romains obserued for 〈◊〉 had the examina tiō of smale mat ters the counsel of xxiii of greater causes final ly great matters of importance were decided by the senate of lxxi iudges whiche here iscompared to the iudgemēt of God or to be punished with hel 〈◊〉 q For that thou hast 〈◊〉 him or he hathe 〈◊〉 thee for God preferreth brotherlie reconcilia tion to 〈◊〉 Luk. 12 58. r 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 red bothe in bodie and in minde Chap. 18. 8. s Nothing is so precious whiche oght not to be reiected in respect of the glorie of God “ O 8 not that Exod. 20 14. rom 13 9. mar 9 47. t In that he giueth her leaue to 〈◊〉 another by Cha. 19 7. den 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mar 10 4. luk 16 18. 1 cor 7 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 Exod. 20 7. u All superfluous othes are 〈◊〉 debarred whether the Name of God be therein mencioned or otherwise leu 9 2. deut 〈◊〉 11. x 〈◊〉 simplicitie and trueth be in your wordes ād then yeshal not be so light and ready to sweare Iames. 〈◊〉 12. y When a men speaketh other wise thē he thin keth in heart it commeth of an euill conscience and of the deuil z Albeit thys was spoken for the iudges yet euerie man applied it to reuen ge hys priuate quarell “ Or iniurie a Rather receiue double wrong thē reuēge thine ownegriefs Exod. 21 24. Deut. 19. 21. Leui. 24 20. b This was added by the false expositers the Pharises Luke 6 29. Rom. 12 17. “ Or rush in vpon you 1. Cór 6. 7. Deut. 15. 8. Leuit. 19. 18. c These did take to 〈◊〉 the taxes 〈◊〉 and other 〈◊〉 therfore were greately in disdain with almē Luke 6. 27. “ Or embrace Luke 23. 34. Act. 7. 60. z. Cor. 4. 〈◊〉 d VVe muste labour to atteine vnto the 〈◊〉 of God who of his free libera litie doeth good to them that are vn worthie Luke 6. 32. a VVhose workes procede not of a ryght fayth but are done for vaine glorie VI. Rom. 12. 8. b In that thei are praised and commended of men c It is 〈◊〉 that God appro 〈◊〉 our Workes d In that daye when all things shal be reuerled e VVith drawe thyselfe rather a parte “ Or bable not muche f He commádeth vs to beware of muche bablinge and supetfluous 〈◊〉 g VVho is not persuaded by elo quent speach ād longe talke as men are h Christ bindeth them not to the wordes but to the sense and for me of prayer i VVe must seeke Gods glorie first and aboue all things Luke 11 2. k Reigne thou ouerall and let vs render vnto thee perfite obedience as thine Angels do l To be ouercom thereby m Thys conclusion excludeth mans merites and teacheth vs to grounde our 〈◊〉 onely on God Chap. 13. 19. Marke 11. 25. n Make their faces to seme of an other sorte then they were 〈◊〉 to do Eccle. 24. 2. o VVher by is commanded to auoyde all vaine ostentation Luke 12. 33. 1. Timo 6. 19. Luke 11. 34. Prouer. 21. 9. Deut. 15. 9. p If thine eye be disposed to libe 〈◊〉 Luke 16. 13. q If thine affection be corrupt and giuen to couecousnes Psal. 〈◊〉 22. r If the concupiscēnce and wicked affections ouercome reason we muste 〈◊〉 marueil thogh men be blindedand be like vnto beastes Luke 12. 22. Philip. 4. 6. 1. Timo. 6 8. 1. Peter 5. 7. s Mans 〈◊〉 nothing 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 grueth not 〈◊〉 t The goodnes of God euē towards the herbes of the field farre passeth al things that man can cō passe byhis pow er and labour u The Worde signifieth the Wea ry not thē selues x VVithcare and distrust y That is to be regenerate and amende your lyues “ Or his owne things z God Will prouide for euerie daye that that shalbenecessarie thogh We do notincrease the 〈◊〉 griefe by the carefulnes howe to liue in time to come a He commandeth not to be 〈◊〉 or malicious to 〈◊〉 our and condēneour neighbours 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their owne fautes and seke not to amend them but are curious to re proue other mēs Luke 6. 37. Rom. 2. 〈◊〉 1. Corin. 4. 〈◊〉 Mark 4. 24. Luke 6. 〈◊〉 Luke 9. 38. and 〈◊〉 b Declare not the Gospell to the Wicked contemners of God Whom thou seest 〈◊〉 to them selues and forsakē Chap. 21. 22. Mark 11. 24. Luke 11. 9. Iohn 14. 〈◊〉 and 16. 14. 〈◊〉 1. 6. Luke 6. 〈◊〉 Iob. 4. 16. c The Whole law ād the 〈◊〉 set 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vs and commande charitie d VVe must ouer come and morti fie our affections if We Wil be 〈◊〉 disciplesof Christ e For the moste part of men 〈◊〉 their owne 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 head long to 〈◊〉 Luke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Luke 〈◊〉 24. “ Or a totten Chap. 3. 10. f He meaneth hirelings and hy 〈◊〉 Who ra ther serue God With their 〈◊〉 then With their hearte g By thy vertue autoritie and power Rom. 2. 13. Iames. 1. 22. “ Or miracles h I neuer accepted you to be my 〈◊〉 ministers ād disciples Luke 13. 76. Psal. 6. 9. Luke 6. 47. Mark 1. 12. Luke 4. 32. i The myghtye power of Gods Spirit appeared in hym Wherby he declared him self to be God caused others to belieue in him Mar. 1. 40. Luke 5 12. a It Was not lik that leprosie that is now but Was a 〈◊〉 thereof Which Was 〈◊〉 Leui. 14. 4. Luke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b He Wolde not 〈◊〉 be throughly knowen but 〈◊〉 tyme and houre appointed c Our Sauiour Wolde not 〈◊〉 that Which Was ordeined by the Lawe 〈◊〉 as yet the ceremonies ther of Were not abolished d To condemne them of ingratitude When they shall se the Whole “ Or a captaine ouer an hundreth “ Or sonne e Whiche are strange people and the 〈◊〉 to Whome the couenāt of God did not properly apperteine f For there is nothynge but mere darkenes out of the kingdome of heauē Chap. 22. 13. Mar. 2. 29. Luke 4. 〈◊〉 Mark 1. 32. Luke 4. 40. Isa. 53. 4. g The Prophete speaketh chiefly of the feblenes and disease of our soules Whithe Iesus Christ hath borne ther fore he setteth his great mercie and power before our eyes by healynge the bodie 1. Peter 2 24. Luke 9. 17. h He thoght by this meanes to 〈◊〉 fauour With the World but Iesus sheweth him that he is farre Wide 〈◊〉 that he loketh for in stead of Worldlie Welth there is but 〈◊〉 in Christ. i Luke maketh 〈◊〉 of thre Whiche Were hyndred by Worldelie 〈◊〉 from comming to Christ. k To succour ād helpe him in his olde age till he dye and then I Wil followe thee Wholy l No duetie or
their offrings Isai. 29 12. c God wil not be honoured according to mans fā tasie but detesteth all good in tentions whiche 〈◊〉 not groūded on his worde Marke 7 17. Iohn 15 2. d All thei which 〈◊〉 not grafted in Iesus Christ by fre adoption and euerie doctrine that is not established by Gods 〈◊〉 e They are not worthie to be cared for Luke 6 39. Marke 7 〈◊〉 f All vices proce de of the corrupt affection of the heart Gen 6 5. 8 21. Marke 7. 24. g The disciples were offended at her importunitie Chap. 10 6. h Christ calleth them dogs or whelpes whiche are strangers frō the house of God i Christ granted her 〈◊〉 for her faiths sake not at the request of his disciples 〈◊〉 7 31. Isa. 35 5. Marke 8 1. k Christ can nōt 〈◊〉 those that 〈◊〉 him “ Or 〈◊〉 Chap. 12. 〈◊〉 a Althogh they did not agre in doctrine yet they ioyned together to fight against the truth Mark 8 〈◊〉 b Men tempte God eyther by their incredulitie or curiositie Luke 〈◊〉 54. c VVhich apperteine to the heauenlie and spiritual life Chap. 12. 14. d Christ shal be to them as a 〈◊〉 raised vp frō death Ionas 2. 1. Marke 8. 14. 〈◊〉 12. 1. “ Or reasoned with thē selues e A token of Christs diuinitie to knowe mens 〈◊〉 Chap. 14. 17. Iohn 6. 9. Chap. 15. 34. f We may bolde ly by Christs admonition reiect and cōtemne all 〈◊〉 doctri ne and mans 〈◊〉 oght onely to cleaue to the worde of GOD. Marke 8. 27. Luke 9. 28. Iohn 6. 〈◊〉 g He meaneth any thing that 〈◊〉 in man Iohn 1. 41. h Vpō that faith 〈◊〉 thou hast confessed ād acknoweledged me for it is groū ded vpon an infallible trueth i The power of Satan which 〈◊〉 deth in craft and violence Iohn 20. 〈◊〉 k The preachers of the Gospel 〈◊〉 pen the gates of heauen with the worde of God whyche is the right keye 〈◊〉 so that where this worde is not pu rely taught ther is nether keye nor autoritie l Condemne by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or absolue m Because he wolde yet 〈◊〉 them and not preuent his tyme. n He wold pluck out of their hear tes that false opi nion which they had of his temporal kingdome Chap. 10. 38. o 〈◊〉 worde signifieth an aduersarie who re sisteth the will of God either of malice as did 〈◊〉 das or of rashenes and arrogan cie as Peter did 〈◊〉 8. 14. Luk. 9. 23. 14. 〈◊〉 Chap. 10. 39. p That is whosoeuer thinketh to saue him selfe by forsaking Iesus Christ. Marke 8. 34. Luk. 9. 24. 17. 〈◊〉 Marke 8. 36. Luke 9. 25. * Rom. 2. 6. Iohn 12. 25. * Mar. 9. 1. * Luk. 9. 〈◊〉 q This was fulfilled in his resurrection which was 〈◊〉 an entrie into his kingdome and was also confirmed by sending the holie Gost whereby he wroght so great and sondrie miracles Psal. 62. 12. “ Or the 〈◊〉 day after XVII Marke 9. 2. Luke 9. 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 shewed them his glories that they might not thinke that he suffred throu ghe infirmitie but that he offered vp him selfe willingly to 〈◊〉 b By these two 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are represented the Lawe and the Prophets which lead vs to Christ. c After Moses Elias 〈◊〉 Peter fearing he shulde lose that ioyful sight spea 〈◊〉 as a man distract ād wold haue lodged thē in earthlie houses whiche were receiued in 〈◊〉 d VVe are recon ciled to God by Christ onely Chap. 3. 〈◊〉 e Christ is our chief and onely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 11. 14. 2. Peter 2. 17. f And so worshipped Christ. g For men wold not haue belieued them before that Christ had made his glorie more manifest by hys resurrection Marke 9. 11. Mala. 4. 5. Marke 9. 14. Luke 9. 37. h He speaketh chieflye to the Scribes who began to bragge as 〈◊〉 they had now gotten the victo 〈◊〉 ouer 〈◊〉 because his disci ples were not able to do thys miracle Luke 17. 6. Chap. 20. 17. Marke 9. 〈◊〉 Luke 9. 44. 24. 7. i By this maner of speache is 〈◊〉 that they shulde do thyngs by their faith that shulde seme impossible k The best remedie to strēgthen the weake faith is prayer which hath 〈◊〉 added to it as an helpe to the same “ Or 〈◊〉 conuersant or retur ned into Galile l The Greke worde is didrachma which was of value about ten 〈◊〉 of olde sterlyng monie and the Israelites payed it once by the Law Exo. 30. 13. and at this time they payed it to the Romains m 〈◊〉 giue occasion to forsake the trueth n The worde is Statera which conteineth two didrachmas and in valued about fiue grotes of olde 〈◊〉 XVIII Marke 9. 33. Luke 9 46. Chap. 19. 24. a They striue for the rewarde before they haue taken any paine and where as they shuld haue holpen and reue 〈◊〉 not another they were 〈◊〉 and despicers of their 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 14 20. b 〈◊〉 lack of discretion but that they be not vayne glorious 〈◊〉 to aduan cethem selues to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c He calleth thē litle childrē now whiche humble them selues with all humilitie and subiectiō Marke 9. 42. Luke 17. 1. d The worde 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 milstone whiche an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and it is spoken in 〈◊〉 of that which is tourned with mans hand whiche is lesse e Christ warneth his to take heed that they shrink not backe from him for any 〈◊〉 example or offence that man can giue Chap. 5. 30. Marke 9. 45. f Christ toucheth the cause of this offence whiche is pride and disdeyne 〈◊〉 our 〈◊〉 Psal. 34. 7. g Seyng GOD hath 〈◊〉 his Aungels to 〈◊〉 the charge of hys children the wicked may be 〈◊〉 that if they dispice thē God wil reuēge their cause Luke 13. 10. Luke 15. 4. h VVe maye not lose by our offen ce that whyche God hath so derely boght i Where with thou maist be offended he spea keth of secret or particular sinnes not of open or knowē to others “ Or reproue him Deu. 19 15. Leu. 19 17. eccle 19 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 〈◊〉 5 18. k He meaneth according to the order that was amōgs the Iewes who had their coūcel of ancient and expert men to reforme maners execute discipline This assemblie represēted the Church whiche had appointed them to this charge iohn 8 17. ebr 10 28. 2. cor 13 1. l In the 16. Chap. 19. he ment this of doctrine and here of eccle siastical discipline which depen deth of the doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 9. 2. thes 3. 14. Iohn 20 23. “ 〈◊〉 done to Luk. 17 4. m VVe muste be cōtinually ready to forgiue and be forgiuen n A commune 〈◊〉 was valued at thre score pounde some also were greater and some lesse o Which amoūteth of our money to the 〈◊〉 of 25. shillings or verie nere and was nothing in respect of the for mer whiche his master forgaue him p
the Churche of Christ whiche is our mother and not of the Synagogue whiche is a seruant vnder the Law Rom. 9. 8. By the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs fre a If you ioyne circumcision to the Gospel as a thing necessarie to saluacion Chap. V. Act. 15. 2. b We liue in hop through that Spi rit whiche causeth faith and whiche is giuen to the faithfull that we shulde 〈◊〉 faith and not by the Law obtaine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of glorie whiche Christe gyueth frely 1. Cor. 1. 17. c Then whatsoeuer is not the worde of God whiche here he calleth trueth is verie lies d Which is God e A litle corruption doeth destroy the whole doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 6. f That ye wil 〈◊〉 the word of God purely g That is the doctrine of the Gospell whiche the worlde ab horred as a sclanderous thing and therewith were offended h Meaning the seconde table 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 18. 〈◊〉 22. 39. k That is the na tu all man 〈◊〉 against the 〈◊〉 of of 〈◊〉 Mar. 12. 31. Iam. 2. 8. Rom. 13. 14. 1. Pet 2. 10. i In the man regenerat i If you be 〈◊〉 by the Spirit of 〈◊〉 that whiche ye do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to God althogh it be nor be 〈◊〉 fity m For they are vnder the 〈◊〉 or grace n Christ hath 〈◊〉 onely remitted their sinnes but sanctified tl 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 es of lif o That being dead to sinne liuyng to God we may declare the same in holines and innocencie of life a Father by reason of his flesh or Satan b Christe exhorteth in 〈◊〉 places to mutual loue 〈◊〉 brotherlie loue is here called the Lawe of Christ and his comman 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 n. 13. 14. and. 5. 12. c He sheweth that man hathe nothing of him 〈◊〉 whereof he shulde 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 1. 12. Wherein he may reioyce 〈◊〉 me but not before God d For his reioycing is a 〈◊〉 of a good conscience e For it were a shame not to prouide for their corporal necessities whiche fede our soules with the heauenlie things 1. Cor. 5 8. 1. 〈◊〉 9. 7. f He proueth that the ministers must be nowrished for if men onely prouide for wordely thinges 〈◊〉 out respect of the life euerlasting then they procure to them selues death and mocke God who hath giuen them his ministers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them heauenlie thing 2. Thes. 3. 13. g The frute whiche God hathe promised h By the outwarde ceremonies i That is for prea 〈◊〉 Christ 〈◊〉 k That thei haue made you Iewes l By the 〈◊〉 he meaneth all ou warde pom pe 〈◊〉 things which please mens fantasies m Which is rege nerate by faith Rom. 2. 19. n That is vpon the Iewes as o Let no man trouble my preaching from hēce forthe for my markes are witnesses how valiantly I haue foght p Which 〈◊〉 odious to the worlde but glorious before God a As with the knowledge of God in Christ with faith hope charitie other gifts “ Or places b This election to lif euerlasting can neuer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ged but in temporal offices which God hathe appointed for a certeine space when the terme is expired he chā geth his election as we se in Saul and Iudas 1. Cor. 1. 2. c When Christs iustice is imputed ours d Whereas we were not the 〈◊〉 children he receiued vs by grace and made vs his children 2. Cor. 1. 3. 1. Pet. 1. 3. 2. Tim. 1. 9. e The principal end of our election is to praise and glorifie the grace of God Colos. 1. 22. f That is in Christ. g By this he mea neth the whole bodie of the Churche which he deuideth into them which are in heauen and them which are in earth also the faithful which re maine in earth stād of the Iewes and the Gentiles h To wit the Iewes i Thogh we be redemed frō the bondage of sinne by the death of Christ Rom 6. 22 〈◊〉 we hope for this seconde 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 be when we shal possesse our inhe ritāce in the heauens whereof we haue the holie Gost for a gage as Chap. 4. 30. k Of Christ. l Made him Go uernour of all things bothe in heauen and in'earthe so that Christs bodie is now onely there or elsit shuld not be a true bodie and his ascenciō shulde be but a fantasticall thing and onely imagi ned Col. 2. 12. Chap. 3. 7. Psal. 8. 8. Ebr. 2. 8. m This is the great loue of Christe towarde his Churche that he counteth not him selfe perfect without vs whiche are his members therefore 〈◊〉 Church is also Christ as 1. Cor. 12. 12. Col. 2. 13. Chap. 6. 12. 〈◊〉 Meaning Satan b Not by creation but by Adās 〈◊〉 so by 〈◊〉 c Bothe Iewe Gentil “ Or with Christ. d We that are the members are raised vp 〈◊〉 death and reigne without head christ in heauen by faith e Here he meaneth as concerning grace and not by nature f He sheweth here that the further the Gentiles were of frome the grace of God the greater detters they are now to the 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 17. 26. Eze. 44 7. Rom. 9. 4. g It was but one couenant but because it was diuers times confirmed and established 〈◊〉 here he calleth them Couenants h Whereno promesis there is no hope “ Or 〈◊〉 i That is the cau se of the diuision that was 〈◊〉 ne the Iewes the Gentiles k For in Christ 〈◊〉 all things were accomplished which were pre figurate in the Law l For of the Iewes and the Gentils he made one flocke “ Or death Rom. 5. 2. a He reioyceth in that he suffred imprisonmēt for the maintenance of Christs glorie b Which was his 〈◊〉 to prea che vnto the 〈◊〉 c That is in the first chap of this Epistle ver 9. d Althogh the fathers and the Prophetes had reuelations certeine yet it was not in comparison of that 〈◊〉 which was shewed when the Gētiles were called nether 〈◊〉 was the time 〈◊〉 the maner knowen Chap. 1 19. 1. Cor. 15 9. 〈◊〉 1. 16. Rom. 16. 25. Col. 1. 26. 2. Timo. 1. 10. e The Angels Tit. 1. 2. 1. Pet. 1. 20. f The Churche being gathered of so many kindes of people is an example or a glasse for the An gels to beholde the wisdome of God in who hath turned their particular discords in to an vniuersal concorde and of the 〈◊〉 of bondage hathe made the Church of 〈◊〉 dome g He that is not of the bodie of Christ is in death h The faithful which 〈◊〉 befo re Christ 〈◊〉 were adopted by him and make one familie with the Saincts which yet remaine a liue i For we confesse that which we beleue k All perfection on euerie side is in him l That all the graces of God may abounde in you Rom. 16. 25. m In that we fele Christ in vs. a For the Lords cause Philip. 1. 27. Col. 1. 10. 1. Thess. 2. 12. b 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 you
care in gouerning his owne house how muche more are they 〈◊〉 to be careful which shal gouer ne the Church of God f In the doctrine of faith g Lest being proude of his degreehe be h 〈◊〉 condemned as the deuil was for lifting vp him self by pride i As being defamed shulde become impudent do muche harme * Chap 1. 19. k That is no man may haue any thing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lay to his charge k Hauing the true 〈◊〉 of the Gospel and the feare 〈◊〉 God l Of the bishopes and Deacons m The good reporte 〈◊〉 all men n To serue God with 〈◊〉 assurance because 〈◊〉 haue alway a good 〈◊〉 o This is spoken in the respect of men for as much as in this world the trueth onely 〈◊〉 the Chu ch by trason of Gods 〈◊〉 for othe wise Christ is the fundation and the corner stone whiche bothe beareth mainteineth his Churche p Approued 〈◊〉 in that he was not onely a man but God also q So that the Angels marueilled at his excellencie r To the right hand of God the Father 2. Tim. 3. 1. 2. Pet. 3. 3. a False teachers which boast thē selues that they haue the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Gost. Iud 18. 5. b Their dul consciences first wa xed harde then after canker and corruption bred therein last of all it was burnt of with an hote 〈◊〉 so that he 〈◊〉 such as haue no conscien ce Ephe. 4. 19. c Vnto vs which receiue it as at Gods hands Chap. 1. 4. 6. 20. 2. Tim. 2. 16. 23. 〈◊〉 3. 9. d Meaning to be giuen to ceremo nies and to such things as delite the fantasies of man e That is he that hath faith and a good conscience is promised to haue al things ne cessarie for this life and to enioy life euer lasting f The goodnes of God declareth it self towarde all men but chiefely towarde the faithful by preser uing thē here he meaneth not 〈◊〉 euerlasting g In godlie zeale or giftes of the Spirit h And reuelation of the holie Gost. i Vnder this name he conteineth the whole ministe rie of the Church which was at Ephesus “ Or that all may se how thou profitest k Thou shaltfaith fully do thy duetie which is an assurance of thy saluation a Take care for them b Paul willeth that the widdowes put the Chu ch to no charge which haue 〈◊〉 children or 〈◊〉 that are able to relieue them but that the children 〈◊〉 rish their mother or kinsfolkes according as nature bindeth them c Which hathe no maner of worldlie meanes to helpe her selfe with d Because she is vtterly vnprofitable e He meaneth suche widowes which being iustly diuorced from their first housbands maried again to the selander of the Church for els he doeth not reproue the widowes that haue bene oftener maried them once f Forgetting their vocation g Not onely haue sclandred the Churchin leauing their charge but haue forsaken their religion therefore shal be punished with euer lasting death h They haue not onely done disho nour to Christ in leauing their vocation but also haue brokē their faith i Which are with out al mās helpe and succour Deut. 15. 18. Deut. 25. 4. 1. Cor. 9. 9. Mat. 10. 10. Luk 10. 7. k Except that he which doeth 〈◊〉 him haue at least two witnesses whiche promesse with the accoser to proue that whiche they laye to his charge l Chiefly the ministers and so all others “ Or protest “ Or without ha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 13. m In 〈◊〉 them without suf ficient trial n From iuste offence o As Simon the sorcerer p Their sinnes followe whiche for a i me haue deceiued the god lie and after 〈◊〉 detected 〈◊〉 Saul Iudas and other 〈◊〉 Ephe. 6. 5. Col 3. 22. 1. Pet. 2. 18. a That is of the grace of God as 〈◊〉 seruāts are and hauyng the same adoption Chap. 1. 〈◊〉 b They that measure religion by riches are here taught that onely religion is the true riches Iob. 1. 21. 〈◊〉 27. 26. c That set their felicitie in riches Eccies 5. 14. d For they are 〈◊〉 quiet nether in soule nor bodie e Whome Gods Spirit doeth rule Chap. 5. 11. Mat. 27. 11. Iohn 18. 37. Chap. 1. 11. Reuel 17. 14. 19. 16. e By this mightie power of God the 〈◊〉 are admonished 〈◊〉 dely to stande in their vocation althogh the 〈◊〉 Satan 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them f In things 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 life Iohn 1. 18. 1. Iohn 1. 12. Mar. 4. 19. Luk. 22. 15. Mat. 6 20. Luk. 6. 9. g The gifes of God for the vtilitie of the Church Chap. 1. 4. 4 7. h As when question 〈◊〉 question a Being sent of God to preache that life 〈◊〉 he had promised in Christ Iesus Act. 22. 〈◊〉 b Following the steppes of mine ancestres as Abraham 〈◊〉 Iacob and others of whome I am come and of whome I receiued the true reli gion by successiō c The gift of God is a certein huelie flame 〈◊〉 in our hearts whiche Satan the flesh labour to quenche and therfore we must 〈◊〉 it and 〈◊〉 it vp d With the rest of the Elders of Ephesus 1. e As thogh God wolde destroye vs. Tim. 4. 14. 1. Cor. 1. 2. 〈◊〉 1. 3. 〈◊〉 16. 25. f He speaketh here of his first 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 it semed 〈◊〉 contemptible yet was honorable glo rious therefore our mindes ought to be lifted vp from the consideration of worldlie things to contemplate the maiestie ther of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 9. Col. 〈◊〉 26. T it 1. 2. 1. Pet. 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 Tim 2. 7. g Whiche is my self h The grace of the holie Gost. †Or in the presence of manie witnesse a So that the trueth of God may remaine 〈◊〉 b As with hys hous holde and other ordinarie affaires c So that the paine must go before the 〈◊〉 d Not withstanding mine impri 〈◊〉 the worde of God hathe it race and increaseth e To confirme their faith more esteming the edi fication of the Church then him selfe 2. Cor. 1. 4. Col. 1. 24. Rom. 6. 5. Mat. 10. 33. Mar. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Rom. 3 3. f Giuing to euerie one his iuste portion VVherin he alludeth to the Priests of the olde Lawe whiche in their sacrifice gaue to God hys parte toke their owne parte and gaue to him that broght the sacrifice his duetie 1. Tim. 4 7. and 6. 20. Tit. 3. 9. g He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods election and mans fayth h Because the wicked shulde not couer them selues vnder the name of the chur the he sheweth by this similitude that bothe good and bad may 〈◊〉 therein i That is bothe separate him self fro the wicked and also purge his naturall corruption by Gods Spirit 2. Cor. 1. 2. k VVhich do not edifie 1. Tim. 1. 4. and 4. 7. Tite 3. 9. l VVhich faile of ignorance m He meaneth not this of Apostates or heretikes whome he willeth to 〈◊〉
faith Gene. 1. 3. d Because God re ceiued hym to mercie therefore he imputed him righteous e That is liueth Gen. 4. 4. Mat. 23. 25. f For Enochs and Elias taking vp was such a thing as is spoken of 1. Cor. 15. 51. and. 1. Thes. 4. 15. Gene 〈◊〉 24. Eccles. 44. 15. and 49. 16. g First God must finde vs before wecā seke him then we muste seke him with a pure hearte in Christ who is reueiled in hys worde and ther by we learne to beleue Gods fre mercie towards vs in his Sonne through whome we obteine the rewarde of hys promes and not of our desertes Gen. 12. 4. Gene. 6. 13. Eccles. 44. 〈◊〉 h For all things in the World are subiect to corruption Gen. 17. 19 21. 2. 〈◊〉 44. 22. i Euen as dead k VVhiche was the enioying of the lād of Canaā l VVith the eyes of faith m And therfore put not their cōfidence in things of this Worlde n That is of 〈◊〉 Gen 21. 10. o For it myghe seme to the 〈◊〉 that the promes was cōtrarie to this commandement to sactifice his sonne Eccles. 44. 〈◊〉 Gene. 22. 12. Rom. 9. 7. Gen. 27. 28. Gen. 49. 15. Gen. 47. 31. “ Or Worshiped toward the end of his staffe Gen. 50. 29. Exod. 2. 2. Act 7. 21. Exod. 1. 16. Exod. 2. 11. p The 〈◊〉 of the Worlde whiche draw vs frome God and Whiche we can notvse without 〈◊〉 of Gods angre Exod. 12. 22. Exod. 14. 〈◊〉 Iosh. 6. 20. Iosh. 6. 23. Iosh. 2. 〈◊〉 Iudg. 6. 11. Iudg. 4. 6. Iudg. 13. 24. Iudg. 11. 1. 12. 7. 1. Sam. 1. 20. and 〈◊〉 14. q 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r As Elias raised vp the widdowe of Sareptas sonne and Eliseus the 〈◊〉 sonne s They had not suche cleare light of Christ as we for they loked for that whiche we haue therefore it were shame for vs if at least we haue 〈◊〉 as great constancie as they “ For we are all one bodie together Rom. 6. 4. “ Or multitude Ephe. 4. 23. a As riches cares and suche like ād so to become Christs disciples by denying our selues ād taking our crosse to followe him Colos. 3. 8. “ Or so easely compasseth vs aboute 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 1. b As beyng our 〈◊〉 c VVhiche by rea son of our concu 〈◊〉 assaileth vs on all sides Prou 〈◊〉 21. Reuel 3. 17. d He concludeth that they which refuse the 〈◊〉 denie to be of the nomber of 〈◊〉 children but are bastardes e VVhiche haue naturally begotten vs. f As he doeth creat our spirits withoute anye worldely meane so he doeth instructe and 〈◊〉 teine thēby the wonderful 〈◊〉 of his Spirit g Their 〈◊〉 partely declared their sloenes and partly their incō stancie in 〈◊〉 therefore thei were in danger to be punished Rom 12. 18 h As her esies or apostasie Gen. 〈◊〉 33. Gen. 27. 38. i He was full of despire and disdaine but was not touched with true 〈◊〉 to be displeased for his sinnes ād so seke amendemēt Exod. 19. 13. and 20. 21. k VVhich might be touched and sene for as it was materiall but God had commā ded that none shuld touche it Exod. 19. 13. l VVhence the worde of God must come m Which shal be 〈◊〉 through all the worlde n By the Gospel We are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes Gene. 4. 10. o VVhiche spake but rudely in cō parison of Christ who preached not the Law but the Gospel Hag. 2. 7. Deut. 4. 24. p To destroy 〈◊〉 that resist him Rom. 12. 10. 1. 〈◊〉 4. 9. Gen. 18. 3. 19. 3. a As incontinen cie is a disease cō mune to men of al sortes and degrees so mariage the remedie is offred by the fre mercie of God to all maner of men without respect b The Lord. Iosh. 1. 〈◊〉 Psal. 118. 6. c He was is and shal be the 〈◊〉 of the Churche 〈◊〉 euer d Whatsoeuer doctrine is not according to the simple trueth of Gods worde is strange e By reprouyng thē which supersticiously 〈◊〉 difference betwixt meats he condēneth all the serui ce whiche stode in ceremonies cōparing it with the spiritual worshipping 〈◊〉 Leui. 6. 36. 16. 27 f Thei that sticke to the ceremonies of the Law cā not eate that is can not be partakers of our altar whiche 〈◊〉 thankes giuynge and 〈◊〉 which two 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 are now onely left to the Christians g So that the Priests had no piece thereof h Thankesgiuing and doing good are 〈◊〉 onelie sa crifices whiche please God Hos. 14. 3. i Read Act 20 28. and ioh 10. 〈◊〉 * That is writ to no one man citie or countrey but to all the Iewes generally being now 〈◊〉 “ Or afflictions 〈◊〉 5. 3. a A 〈◊〉 trye our faith and ingendre patience b Our pacience ought to cōtinue to the end 〈◊〉 by working it bath polished vs 〈◊〉 made vs perfect in Christ. c To endure paciently whatsoeuer God layeth vpon him Mat 7. 7. Mar. 11. 24. Luk 11. 9. d Douting in doct ine or of Gods wil. “ Or double Iohn 14 13. 16. 23. e That he is called to the companie of Christ and his Angels f Or contēptible to the worlde Iob. 5. 17. Eccles. 14 18. Isa. 40. 6. 1. Pet. 1. 24. “ Or in all his 〈◊〉 dedes “ Or moued to euil g He meaneth now of the inwarde tētations as of our disorde red appetites whiche cause vs tosinne h Seing al good things come of God we ought not to make 〈◊〉 the autor of euil i He alluderb vnto the sunne whi che in his 〈◊〉 turning some time is cleare and bright some time darke and cloudie but Gods liberalitie is euer like it self bright and continually shinyng k That is prōpt to learne l For we can not heare God except we be peaceable and modeste 〈◊〉 17. 27. m But hindereth Gods worke 〈◊〉 vs. n By 〈◊〉 the worde preached Mat. 7. 21. Rom. 2. 13. o So Gods worde is a glasse wherein we must 〈◊〉 holde our selues and become like vnto him p In so behauing himself a As esteming saith and religiō by the outwarde 〈◊〉 of mē “ Or acceptation b That is are ye not euil affectioned c Seing God 〈◊〉 meth thē we mai not 〈◊〉 thē d The Name of God and Christ whereof you make profession and in that they dishonour God it is not merethat you his children shuld honour thē e whiche is here taken puerbially for the high or brode way wherein there is no turnings and euerie mā can go it so euerie man is our neighbour as wel the poore as the riche Leui. 19. 18. Mat. 22. 39. Mar. 12. 〈◊〉 Rom. 13. 9. 〈◊〉 5. 14. Leui. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mat 5. 19. Exo. 20. 14. Deuter. 5. 18. Luk. 〈◊〉 11. 1. Iohn 3. 17. f By the mercie of God which de liuereth vs frome the 〈◊〉 of the Lawe g And 〈◊〉 not h 〈◊〉
through all the worlde so that the enemies shal be 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 graces of Gods Spirit bent them selues against Antichrist h Beleue that that is written for there is no nede to write more for the vnderstanding of Gods 〈◊〉 Dan. 12. 7. i That is by God with whome Christ by his diuinitie is equall k The faithful shal vnderstand and se this myste rie of the last iud gement the 〈◊〉 nacion of Antichrist infideles and also the glorie of the iust at the 〈◊〉 l As S. Iohn vnderstode this by reuelation so is the same reueiled to the true preachers to discouer the Pope and Antichrist m Meaning Christ. n That is the holie Scripture which declareth that the minister must receiue them at the hand of God before he can preache them to others o Which signifieth that the ministers ought to receiue the worde into their hearts and to 〈◊〉 graue and depe iudgement and 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 it and with zeale to 〈◊〉 it p 〈◊〉 that albeit that the minister haue 〈◊〉 by the worde of God yet shal he haue sore and grieuous enemies which shal be trouble some vnto him q Not onely meaning in his lifetime but that this boke after his death shulde be as a preaching vnto all 〈◊〉 * Eze. 3. 1. a Which declareth that Christ Iesus wil builde his Churche and not haue it destroyed for he measureth out his spiritual Tem ple. b The Iewish temple was deuided into thre parts the bodie of the temple which is called the court whereinto euerie man entred the holie places where the leuits wereand the holiest of all whereinto the high Priest once a yere entred in respect therefore of thesetwo later the first is said to be cast out becau seas a thing prophane it is negle cted when the temple is measured and yet the aduersaries of Christ boast that 〈◊〉 are in the Tē ple ād that none are of the Temple but they c That is the Church of God e By two witnesses he meaneth all the preachers that shulde buylde vp Gods Church alluding to 〈◊〉 Iehoshua which were chiefly appointed for this thing and also to this saying In the mouthe of two 〈◊〉 slandeth euerieword f Signifying a c r teine time for whē God 〈◊〉 strength to his ministers their 〈◊〉 seme but as itwere for a day or two g In poore and simple apparel h Whereby are signified the 〈◊〉 graces of thē which beare witnes to the Gospel i Who hathe dominion ouer the whole earth k By Gods word whe eby his ministers discomsit the enemies l They denounce God iudgement against the wicked that they cā not enter into heauen m Which is to declaré and procure God vengeance n That is the Popewhich hathe his power our of hil and cometh thence o He sheweth how the Pope gaineth the victo rie not by Gods worde but by cruel warre p Meaning the whole iurisdictiō of the Pope which is compared to 〈◊〉 for their abominable sinne and to Egypt because the true libertie to serue God is taken away 〈◊〉 the faithful and Christ was condemned by Pilate who represented the Romaine power which s hulde be enemie to the godlie d Meaning a cer teine time for God hath limited the time of Anti christs tyrannie q The infidels are tormented by 〈◊〉 the trueth preached r Which shal be at the last resurrection s For it semed that Antichrist had chased them out of the hearth t 〈◊〉 the power of Antichrist u When they shal vnderstand by Gods worde the glorie of his and the punishment of his 〈◊〉 thei shal fall from the Pope and glorifie God x Albeit Satan by that Pope Tur ke and other instruments troubleth the worlde neuer so muche yet Christ shal rei gne y Iesus Christ. z This declareth the office of the godlie which is to giue God thankes for the deliuerance of his and to praise his iustice for 〈◊〉 hing of his enemies a Which signifie the destruction of the enemies a In this third vision is declared how the Church which is comapssed about with lesus Christ the Sonne of righteousnes is 〈◊〉 ted of Antichrist b The 〈◊〉 ch treadeth vnderfo te whatsoeuer is mutable and inconstant with all corrupt affections and suche like c Which signifie God and his worde d The Church euerwith a 〈◊〉 seruent desire lōged that Christ shulde be borne and that the faith ful might be 〈◊〉 nerate by his power e The deuil and all his power whiche burneth with furie and is red with the blood of the 〈◊〉 f For he is prin ce of this world and almoste hath vniuersal gouernement g By his flatteries and promises he gaineth manie of the excellent ministers and honorable persones and bringeth them to destruction h Which is Iesus Christ the first borne among manie brethren who was borne of the virgin Marie as of a special member of the Churche i The Churche was remoued from among the Iewes to the Gētiles which were as a baren wildernes and so it is persecuted to and fro Psal. 2. 9. k Iesus Christ ād his members as Apostles Martyrs and the rest of the faithful l For the dragon was depriued of al his dignitie and had no more place in the Church m They put their liues in daunger so oft as nede required n Meanyng thē that are geuen to the worlde and fles hlie lustes o And was ouer come of Christe then 〈◊〉 foght against his mēbets p VVhiche the Lord had appoin ted for her q God gyueth meanes to hys Churche to escape the furie of Sa 〈◊〉 making his creatures to serue to the sup po t there of r 〈◊〉 was not ableto destroy the head nor the bodie and therefore sheweth his rage against the members a Here is the description of the Romaine empire whiche standeth in 〈◊〉 and tyrannie b Meanyng Rome because it was firste gouerned by seuen kyngs or Emperours after Nero and also is cōpassed aboure with seuen moū taines c VVhich signifie manie prouinces e That is the deuil f This may be vn derstand of Neto who moued the first persecution againste the Churche and after slewe hym self so that the fa milie of the Cesarsended in him g For the empire was established againeby 〈◊〉 d By these beastes are signified the Macedoniās Persians Chaldeās whom the Romaines ouercame h By receyuinge the staturs ordinances decrees ceremonies and religiō of the Ro maine empire i 〈◊〉 time and power is limited k In their bodies not in soule l He meaneth that vniuersal de parryng where of S. Paul speaketh to the Thes salonians m Antichryste hath not power ouer the elect n As God ordeined from before al beginning ād all the sacrifices were as signes sacramentes of Christ death o They whiche soules captiues go them selues in to captiuitie p As the kyngdome of Christis from heauen ād bryngeth men thither so the po pes king
must not striue but must be gentle towarde all men apt to teache suffring the euil men paciently 25 Instructing them with mekenes that are cō trarie minded prouyng if GOD at anye time will gyue them repentaunce that they may knowe the trueth 26 And that they maye come to amendement out of the snare of the deuill which are takē of him at his wil. CHAP. III. 1 He prophecieth of the perilous times 2 Setteth out hypo crites in their colours 12 Sheweth the state of the Christians 14 And how to auoide dangers 16 Also what profit cometh of the Scriptures 1 THys knowe also that in the * laste dayes shal come perilous times 2 For men shal be louers of theyr owne selues couetous boasters proude cursed speakers disobedient to parents vnthankefull vnholye 3 Without naturall affection truce breakers false accusers intemperate fierce 〈◊〉 of them which are good 4 Traitours headie hygh mynded louers of pleasures more then louers of God 5 Hauyng a she we of godlynes but haue denied the power thereof turne away therfore from suche 6 For of this sorte are they which crepe into houses and lead captiue simple women laden with sinnes and led with diuers lustes 7 Whiche women are euerlearnyng and are neuer able to come to the knowledge of the trueth 8 * And as Iannes and Iambres with stode Mo ses so do these also resiste the trueth men of corrupte myndes reprobate concernyng the fayth 9 But they shall preuaile no longer for theyr madnes shal be euident vnto al men as theirs also was 10 ¶ But thou hast fully knowen my doctrine maner of lyuing purpose faith long suffering loue pacience 11 Persecutions and afflictions whiche came vnto me at* Antiochia at Iconium and at I ystri whiche persecutions I suffered but from them all the Lord deliuered me 12 Yea and all that will liue godly in Christ Iesus shal suffer persecution 13 But the euill men and deceiuers shall waxe worsse and worsse deceyuyng and beyng de 〈◊〉 14 But continue thou in the thyngs whyche thou hast learned and art persuaded thereof knowyng of whome thou hast learned them 15 And that thou hast knowen the holie Scriptures of a childe whiche are able to make thee wise vnto saluation through the fayth whiche is in Christ Iesus 16 * For the whole Scripture is giuen by inspiration of God and is profitable to teache to improue to correct and to instructe in ryghteousnes 17 That the man of GOD may be absolute being made perfite vnto all good workes CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth Timotheus to be feruēt in the worlde and to suffer aduersitie 6 Maketh mention of his own death 9 And biddeth Timothie come vnto him 1 I Charge thee therefore before God and before the Lord Iesus Christ whiche shal iudge the quicke and dead at his appearing and in his kingdome 2 Preache the worde be instant in season and out of season improue rebuke exhorte with all long suffring and doctrine 3 For the time will come when they will not suffer wholsome doctrine but hauyng their eares itching shal after their owne lustes get them an heape of teachers 4 And shall turne their eares from the trueth and shal be giuen vnto fables 5 But watch thou in all thyngs suffer aduersitie do the worke of an Euangeliste make thy ministerie fully knowen 6 For I am nowe ready to be offered and the time of my departing is at hand 7 I haue foght a good fight and haue finished my course I haue kept the faith 8 For hence forth is laid vp for me the crown of righteousnes which the Lorde the rightous iudge shall giue me at that daye and not to me onely but vnto all them also that loue his appearyng 9 Make spede to come vnto me atonce 10 For Demas hath forsakē me and hath embraced this present worlde and is departed vnto Thessalonica Crescens is gone to Galacia Titus vnto Dalmacia 11 * Onely Luke is with me Take Marke and bring him with thee for he is profitable vnto me to minister 12 And Tychicus haue I sent to Ephesus 13 The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus when thou comest bring with thee and the bokes but specially the parchements 14 Alexander the copper smith hath done me muche euil the Lorde rewarde hym according to his workes 15 Of whome be thou ware also for he withstode our preaching sore 16 At my first answering no man assisted me but all forsoke me I praye God that it may not be laid to their charge 17 Notwithstanding the Lord assisted me and strengthened me that by me the preachyng myght be fully knowen and that all the Gen tiles shulde heare and I was deliuered out of the mouth of the lion 18 And the Lord will deliuer me from euerie euil worke and wil preserue me vnto his hea uenlie kingdome to whome be praise for euer and euer Amen 19 Salute Prisca and Aquila and the * housholde of Onesiphorus 20 Erastus abode at Corinthus Trophimus I left at Miletum sicke 21 Make spede to come before winter Eubulus greteth thee and Pudens and Linus and Claudia and all the brethren 22 The Lorde Iesus Christ be with thy spirit Grace be with you Amen The seconde Epistle written from Rome vnto Timotheus the first bishop elected of the Churche of Ephesus when Paul was presented the second time before the Emperour Nero. THE EPISTLE OF Paul to Titus THE ARGVMENT WHen Titus was left in Creta to finish that doctrine which Paul had there begonne Satan stirred vp certeine which went about not onely to ouerthrowe the gouernement of the Churche but also to corrupt the doctrine for some by ambition wolde haue thrust in them selues to be Pastours others vnder pretext of Moses Law broght in manie trifles Against these two sortes of men Paul armeth Titus first teachyng him what maner of Ministers he ought to chose chiefly requiryng that they be men of sounde doctrine to the intent they myght resiste the aduersaries and amongs other things he noreth the Iewes whiche put a certeine holines in meates and suche outwarde ceremonies teachyng them whiche are the true exercises of a Christian life and what things apperteine to euerie mans vocation Againste the whiche if anie man rebelle or els doeth not obey he willeth him to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 5 He aduertiseth Titus touchyng the gouernement of the Church 7. The ordinance and office of ministers 12 The nature of the Cretians and of them which sowe abroade Iewish fables and inuentions of men 1 PAVLa seruant of God and an Apostle of IESVS Christ accordynge to the fayth of Gods elect and the knowledge of the trueth which is accordyng to godlines 2 Vnder the hope of eternall life whiche God that can not lie hathe promised before the * worlde began 3 But
hathe made hys worde manifeste in due time through the preachyng which is* committed vnto me according to the commandement of God our 〈◊〉 4 To Titus my naturall sonne accordynge to the commune faith Grace 〈◊〉 and pea ce from God the Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ our Sauiour 5 For this cause left I thee in Creta that thou shuldest continue to redresse the things that remaine and shuldest ordeine Elders in eucrie citie as I appointed thee 6 * If anye be vnreproueable the housbande of one wife hauyng faithfull children whiche are not sclandered of riote nether are disobedient 7 For a byshop muste be vnreproueable as Gods stewarde not frowarde not angrie not giuen to wyne no striker not giuen to 〈◊〉 lucre 8 But harberous one that loueth goodnes wise righteous holie temperate 9 Holding fast the faithfull worde accordyng to doctrine that he also may be able to exhorte with wholsome doctrine and improue them that say against it 10 For there are manie disobedient and vayne talkers and deceiuers of mindes chiefly they of the Circumcision 11 Whose mouths 〈◊〉 be stopped which sub uert whole houses teachyng things whiche they ought not for filthie lucre sake 12 One of thē selues euen one of their owne prophetes said The Cretians are alwayes lyars euil beastes slowe belyes 13 This witnes is true wherfore rebuke them sharpely that they may be soūde in the faith 14 And not taking hede to * Iewish fables and commandements of men that turne from the trueth 15 Vnto the pure * are all things pure but vnto them that are defiled and vnbeleuing is nothing pure but euen their mindes and consciences are defiled 16 They professe that they knowe God but by workes they denie him and are abominable and disobedient and vnto euerie good worke reprobate CHAP. II. 1 He commendeth vnto him the wholsome doctrine and telleth him how he shall teache all degrees to be haue thē selues 11 Through the benefite of the grace of Christ. 1 BVt speake thou the things which become wholsome doctrine 2 That the Elder men be sobre honest discrete sounde in the faith in loue and in paciēce 3 The Elder women likewise that they be in suche behauiour as becometh holines not false accusers not giuen to much wine but teachers of honest things 4 That they may instruct the yong women to be sobre minded that they loue their housbands that they loue their children 5 That they be discrete chast kepyng at home good and * subiect vnto their housbands that the worde of God be not euill spoken of 6 Exhorte yong men likewise that they be sobreminded 7 Aboue althings shewe thy self an ensample of good workes with vncorrupt doctrine with grauitie integritie 8 And with the wholsome worde whiche can not be reproued that he whiche withstandeth may be ashamed hauing nothyng concerning you to speake euill of 9 * Let seruants be subiect to their masters and please thē in al things not answering again 10 Nether pykers but that they shewe al good faithfulnes that they may adorne the doctrine of God our Sauiour in all things 11 * For the grace of God that bringeth saluacion vnto all men hathe appeared 12 And teacheth vs that we shulde denie vngodlines and worldlie lustes and that we shulde liue sobrely and righteously godly in this present worlde 13 Loking for the blessed hope ād appearyng of the glorie of the mightie God and of our Sauiour Iesus Christ. 14 Who gaue him self for vs that he might redeme vs from all iniquitie and purge vs to be a peculiar people vnto him self zealous of good workes 15 These things speake and 〈◊〉 and rebuke with all autoritie 〈◊〉 that no man despice thee CHAP. III. 1 Of obedience to suche as be in autoritie 9 He warneth Titus to be ware of foolish and vnprofitable questions 12 Concluding with certeine 〈◊〉 matters 15 And salutacions 1 PVt them in remembrance that they * be subiect to the Principalities and Powers and that they be obedient and readie to euerie good worke 2 That they speake euil of no man that they be no fighters but softe shewing all mekenes vnto all men 3 * For we our selues also were in times past vnwise disobedient deceiued seruing the lustes and diuers pleasures 〈◊〉 in maliciousnes and enuie hatefull and hatyng one another 4 But when the bountifulnes and loue of God our Sauiour to warde man appeared 5 * Not by the workes of righteousnes which we had done but accordyng to his mercie he saued vs by the washing of the new birth and the renuyng of the holie Gost. 6 Whiche he shed on vs abundantly through Iesus Christ our Sauiour 7 That we being iustified by his grace shulde be made heires accordyng to the hope of eternall life 8 This is a true saying and these things I will thou shuldest affirme that they whiche haue beleued in God might be carefull to shewe forthe good workes These thyngs are good and profitable vnto men 9 * But stay foolish questions and genealogies and contentions and brawlings about the Law for they are vnprofitable and vaine 10 〈◊〉 him that is an heretike after once or twise admonicion 11 Knowing that he that is suche is peruerted and sinneth being damned of his owne self 12 When I shall send Artemas vnto thee or Tychicus be diligent to come to me vnto Nicopolis for I haue determined there to winter 13 Bring Zenas the expounder of the Law and Apollos on their iourney diligently that they lacke nothyng 14 And let ours also learne to shewe for the good workes for necessarie vses that they be not vnfruteful 15 Al that are with me salute thee 〈◊〉 them that loue vs in the faith Grace be with you all Amen To Titus elect the first bishope of the Church of the Cretians written from Nicopolis in Macedonia THE EPISTLE OF of Paul to Philemon THE ARGVMENT ALbeit the excellencie of Pauls spirit wonderfully appeareth in other his Epistles yet this Epistle is a greate witnes and a declaration of the same For farre passing the basenes of his matter he fleeth as it were vp to heauen and speaketh with a diuine grace and 〈◊〉 Onesimus seruant to Philemon bothe robbed his master and fled away whome Paul hauing wonne to Christ sent againe to his master earnestly begging his pardone with moste waightie arguments prouing the duetie of one Christian to another and so with salutacions endeth 5 He reioyceth to heare of the faith and loue of Philemon 9 whome he desireth to forgiue his seruant Onesimus and louingly to receiue him ag 〈◊〉 1 PAVL a prisoner of Iesus Christ our brother Timotheus vnto Philemon our dere friend and fellow helper 2 And to our dere sister Apphia and to Archippus our felowe souldier and to the Churche